Scholia on Orestes 101–200
Or. 101.01 (mosch paraphr) αἰδὼς δὲ δὴ τίς: 1ἀντὶ τοῦ τίνα δὲ αἰδῶ ἔχεις εἰς τοὺς Μυκηναίους; 2τουτέστι τίς ἐστὶν ἡ αἰδὼς ἣν αἰδῇ τοὺς Μυκηναίους; —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc
LEMMA: G(om. δὴ, as in text) POSITION: s.l. XaXbYGrZc
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Zc | δὲ om. TZc | αἰδὼς a.c. Yf | 2 τουτέστι κτλ om. Zc | δέ add. before ἐστιν T
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 τουτέστιν Y |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.60,20–21
Or. 101.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αἰδὼς⟩: ἐντροπή —CrOxYf2Zl
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.60,21
Or. 101.06 (rec gram) ⟨αἰδὼς⟩: αἰσχύνη καὶ αἰδὼς διαφέρει· αἰσχύνη μὲν ἡ διά τινα αἰτίαν γινομένη, αἰδὼς δὲ ἡ εὔλογος αἰσχύνη. —V1Pr
TRANSLATION: ‘Aischunē’ and ‘aidōs’ differ in sense: ‘aischunē’ is what arises because of some cause of blame, but ‘aidōs’ is a kind of ‘aischunē’ that is well-justified.
POSITION: follows sch. 103.14 V1Pr, add. V1 at end of sch. block
COMMENT: There are numerous texts containing a few often-repeated differentiations between the two words, but the verbal formulation in this note is not paralleled. It does, however, echo a common view that ‘aischunē’ is shame for something bad one has done, while ‘aidōs’ is an anticipatory feeling that justifiably prevents one from committing an untoward action.
KEYWORDS: διαφέρει | vocabulary, definitions and distinctions
Or. 101.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐς Μυκηναίους ἔχει⟩: μέσον τῶν Μυκηναίων φανῆναι —Gu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.60,23
Or. 101.12 (rec gloss) ⟨εἰς Μυκηναίους ἔχει⟩: ἐλθεῖν —PrSGu
POSITION: s.l. (above αἰδὼς δὲ τίς S)
APP. CRIT.: ὥστε prep. S |
Or. 101.14 (rec gloss) ⟨Μυκηναίους⟩: τοὺς Ἀργείους —V1KSYf2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤτοι εἰς prep. V1, εἰς prep. Yf2 | τοὺς om. K |
Or. 101.15 (thom exeg) ⟨Μυκηναίους⟩: Ἀργείους· ἐν γὰρ τῷ Ἄργει αἱ Μυκῆναι. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Myceneans’ means) Argives. For Mycenae is in Argos.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τοὺς prep. Za | after ἄργει add. εἰσὶ καὶ Zl | αἱ om. Zb
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.60,22
Or. 102.01 (vet exeg) ⟨δέδοικα⟩: μόλις ἐλεγχομένη τὸ ἀληθὲς εἶπεν. —MOVYf2
TRANSLATION: She (Helen) with difficulty spoke the truth when cross-examined.
POSITION: s.l., except marg. M
APP. CRIT.: μόλις om. O | τὴν ἀλήθειαν O | λέγει Yf2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.108,15; Dind. II.60,25
Or. 102.07 (rec exeg) ⟨τῶν ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ νεκρῶν⟩: λείπει τῶν θανόντων —Pr
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: λείπει
Or. 102.10 (mosch gloss) ⟨τῶν ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ νεκρῶν⟩: πεσόντων —XXaXbT+YYfGrZc
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τῶν prep. YZc
Or. 102.14 (rec gloss) ⟨τῶν ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ νεκρῶν⟩: τῶν †φανέντων —S
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: e.g. φθαρέντων or φονευθέντων |
Or. 103.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨δεινὸν γὰρ Ἄργει⟩: ἤγουν δεινῶς ἀναβοᾷ διὰ στόματος ἐν Ἄργει. —R
POSITION: marg.
Or. 103.02 (mosch exeg) ⟨δεινὸν γὰρ Ἄργει⟩: 1καὶ γὰρ χαλεπῶς ἀναβοᾷ ἤγουν ἀνακηρύττῃ τῷ Ἄργει, 2ἀντὶ τοῦ τοῖς Ἀργείοις διὰ τοῦ στόματος. —XXaXbT+YYfGGr, partial Zc
TRANSLATION: For indeed you are bruited about harshly, that is, you are proclaimed to Argos, equivalent to (you are proclaimed) among the Argives through their mouths.
POSITION: s.l., except X
APP. CRIT.: 1 καὶ γὰρ and ἀναβοᾷ ἤγουν om. Zc | 2 ἀντὶ τοῦ κτλ om. Zc | second τοῦ om. Gr
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀνακηρύττει YZc |
Or. 103.03 (thom exeg) ⟨δεινὸν γὰρ⟩: ναὶ φοβοῦ —ZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (To understand the causal connection, supply before the phrase) ‘yes, do be afraid’.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ γὰρ δεινόν add. T
Or. 103.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨Ἄργει⟩: τῷ ἄστει τῶν Ἀργείων —AbSa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τῷ ἀργείων ἄστει Ab
Or. 103.14 (vet exeg) ἀναβοᾷ: 1τὸ ἀναβοᾷ δευτέρου ἐστὶ προσώπου παθητικῆς διαθέσεως, ἀναβοᾷ σύ, ἀντὶ τοῦ καταβοᾷ. 2ὁ δὲ νοῦς· δεινῶς γὰρ διὰ στόματος τοῦ Ἄργους ἀναβοᾷ σύ. —MBVCAbMnPraPrbRaRbRwSY2Yf2
TRANSLATION: ‘Anaboāi’ is second person of the passive voice, you are (your name is) loudly shouted, equivalent to shouted against. The sense is: you are terribly decried in the talk of Argos.
LEMMA: MBC REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: s.l. Yf; cont. from next sch. VRaRbRw (add. δὲ VRbRw); cont. from sch. 99.02 Pra (14v), Prb follows sch. 97.01 (15r)
APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸ ἀναβ. … διαθέσεως om. Ra | τὸ om. AbMnPraPrbS | ἀναβοᾷ] app. καταβοᾶ Ab | δευτέρου ἐστὶν προσώπου M, προσώπου ἐστι δευτέρου BCPrb, προσώπου δευτέρου ἐστὶ VRw(ἐστὶν), προσώπου δύο ἐστὶν Rb, δευτέρου προσώπου Pra, δεύτερον πρόσωπον AbMnS, δεύτερον πρόσωπον ἐστὶ Y2Yf2 | παθητικῆς διαθέσεως] παθητικῶν PraY2, τῶν παθητικῶν VRb, παθητικὸν AbMnSYf2 | second ἀναβοᾷ … καταβοᾷ] om. S, first sentence of sch. 103.15 interposed before ἀναβοᾷ σύ AbMn | ἀναβοᾷ σύ] om. BPrb, ἀναβοᾶ σοι V, ἀντὶ τοῦ βοᾶ σύ MCPra, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀναβοῆσαι καὶ ἐπαπειλῆσαι Y2, ἀντὶ τοῦ καταβοᾶσαι καὶ ἐπαπειλῆσαι Yf2 | ἀντὶ τοῦ καταβοᾷ] om. RwY2Yf2, ἤγουν καταβοᾶ Pra | after καταβοᾷ add. σύ BPrb | 2 ὁ δὲ νοῦς κτλ om. Pra | νοῦς δὲ (ὁ om.) Mn | δεινῶς γὰρ om. VMnRaRbRwS, prob. Ab (damage) | διὰ τοῦ στόματος B, διστόματος Rb | σύ] om. BPrb; punct. before σὺ S, as of σὺ starts next lemma |
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 καταβοὰ Mn | 2 ἔργους Mn | ἀναβαᾶ Mn
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.108,16–18; Dind. II.61,4–6
Or. 103.15 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: διὰ τοῦ στόματος, ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 10.298] ‘διά τ’ ἔντεα καὶ μέλαν αἷμα’. —MVCAbMnPrRaRbRwY2
TRANSLATION: (The preposition is used with the accusative in the sense) through the mouth (prep. with gen.), just as in the (Homeric) example ‘through the coat of mail and black blood’.
LEMMA: M, in marg. app. C; ἀναβοᾷ διὰ στόμα VRw, δεινὸν γὰρ ἄργει Rb REF. SYMBOL: VRb POSITION: before prev. sch. VRaRb, follows sch. 122.06 in Rw; cont. from Pra version of prev. Pr; AbMn insert this in prev. sch., before ἀναβοᾷ σύ
APP. CRIT.: note mostly lost to trimming Ra | ὥστε prep. Rb [Ra], ὡς τὸ prep. AbMn, διὰ στόμα δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Pr | διὰ τοῦ στόμ. om. Y2 | τοῦ om. MnPr [Ab] | ὡς τὸ] αὐτὸ Rb[Ra], ὥσπερ τὸ Pr | ἀνά τ’ ἔντεα MCPrY2 (ἀνα τ’ C, app. M) | καὶ] om. Mn, perhaps Ab, καὶ διὰ MC |
APP. CRIT. 2: ἔντεα] εἴτεα Rb[Ra] |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.108,19–20; Dind. II.61,3–4
COLLATION NOTES: After this sch. in Mn there are two grammatical scholia that do not relate to anything in the text: (at end of column of scholia on 11r) ξυνωρὶς ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύνω ξύρεσθαι καὶ σύρεσθαι (mistranscribed in Dindorf IV.257,1–3); (in the bottom margin of 11r) βραχίων βραχικύων [read βραχὺς κίων] τίς ὢν οἰονεὶ βραχὺς ἦν, cf. Georg. Choerobosc. epimer. in Psalm. 119,16 and Et. Gud. (di Stefani) s.v. βραχίων. |
Or. 103.16 (vet exeg) 1τοῦτο δὲ ἀπολογίας ἔχεται ὡς ὅτι συμπάσχουσά σοι εἴρηκα. 2πλεονάζει δὲ ὁ τέ. —MC
TRANSLATION: This remark is close to an apology, alleging that ‘I have spoken in sympathy with you’. The conjunction ‘te’ is superfluous.
LEMMA: cont. from prev. MC
APP. CRIT.: 1 εἴρηκας M |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.108,20–21
KEYWORDS: πλεονάζει
Or. 103.17 (pllgn exeg) εἰς φόβον ἄγει τὴν Ἑλέναν ἡ Ἠλέκτρα πλείονα. —Yf2
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.61,7
Or. 103.25 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἀναβοᾷ⟩: φημίζῃ καὶ κατὰ γλῶσσαν στρέφῃ. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: στρέφῃ] φέρει Zl
APP. CRIT. 2: φημίζει Zl | γλῶτταν T |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.61,8
Or. 103.28 (rec gloss) ⟨διὰ στόμα⟩: στόματος τοῦ Ἄργους —OV1
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τοῦ ἄργους om. V1 (or lost to damage)
Or. 103.29 (rec gloss) ⟨διὰ στόμα⟩: διὰ τοῦ στόματος —AbF2PrSGB3a
POSITION: s.l., except marg. Ab
APP. CRIT.: ἢ prep. S | διὰ om. Ab | τοῦ om. F2Pr
Or. 103.31 (pllgn gram) ⟨διὰ στόμα⟩: οἱ Ἀττικοὶ τὴν διά ὅτε δηλοῖ ἐνέργειαν πρὸς αἰτιατικὴν συντάσσουσιν, ὡς ἔχει καὶ τὸ ‘διὰ στόμα πυριγενετᾶν’ ὅπερ Αἰσχύλος [Sept. 206–207] φησίν. —Zm
TRANSLATION: The Attic-speakers construe the preposition ‘dia’ with the accusative when it indicates activity (i.e., when the noun following it connotes activity?), as is the case also with ‘through the mouth of the fire-born (bits)’, which Aeschylus says.
KEYWORDS: Ἀττικοί | citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Aeschylus
Or. 104.05 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τὸν φόβον λύσασα⟩: διὰ τὸ τὸν φόβον λῦσαι —XXaXbT+YYfGGr
POSITION: s.l., except X
APP. CRIT.: διὰ τὸ] διὰ XYGr, διὰ τοῦ GGu(τοῦ add. to Gr gloss) | λῦσαι τὸν φόβον transp. G
APP. CRIT. 2: λύσαι XaY, p.c. Yf (a.c. app. λύσασι Yf) |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.61,10
Or. 104.07 (thom gloss) ⟨φόβον⟩: ἐμοῦ —ZmGu
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: F probably had something here, but it is too washed out to read. |
Or. 105.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐκ ἂν⟩: ἐσχηματισμένον —Gu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.61,13
COMMENT: Either this means that the Electra is speaking with a pretended attitude or in an ironic/sarcastic tone (but it is hard to see why the commentator would say that about this line), or it indicates that οὐκ ἂν δυναίμην is an artificially or artistically formed equivalent of οὐ δύναμαι (cf. next gloss).
KEYWORDS: ἐσχηματισμένον
Or. 106.01 (vet gloss) ἑλ[ —H3
POSITION: marg.
COMMENT: This is reported by Daitz with a gamma and undeciphered trace after lambda and assigned to hand H3 (with u.v.). On his image I see only ἑλ and perhaps a faint abbreviation stroke on the lambda. I wonder whether this is a personae nota placed at the right of the line instead of the left, or in addition to the left (for an example of this in M see Prelim. Stud. 182). To be rechecked when the new images of H are publicly available.
Or. 106.03 (mosch gloss) ⟨αἰσχρὸν⟩: ἄσχημον ἀπρεπές —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l., except X
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. X | ἄσχημον om. Zc | ἀπρ. ἀσχ. transp. G
Or. 106.09 (vet exeg) ⟨προσπόλους⟩: κυρίως δὲ πρόσπολοι λέγονται αἱ δοῦλαι. —MC
TRANSLATION: The slave-women are called ‘prospoloi’ in the proper sense (of the word).
REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. C
APP. CRIT.: κυρίως δὲ om. C | πρόπολοι C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.108,22; Dind. II.61,15
Or. 106.10 (recThom gloss) ⟨προσπόλους⟩: δούλους —V1RfSZbZlZm2ZuTOxAa3CrF2Yf2Zcr
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. T, καὶ τοὺς prep. ZuCrF2Ox | ἡμῶν add. Zl
Or. 106.11 (mosch exeg) προσπόλους: πρόσπολος ὁ δοῦλος. πρόπολος δὲ χωρὶς τοῦ σ̅, ὁ νεωκόρος. —XXaXbT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: ‘Prospolos’ is ‘slave’, but ‘propolos’ without the sigma is ‘warden of a temple’.
LEMMA: αἰσχρόν … προσπόλους G POSITION: s.l., except XG
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.61,16
Or. 106.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨προσπόλους⟩: πρόσπολος ὁ δοῦλος, πρόπολος δὲ χωρὶ τοῦ σ ὁ νεωκόρος. ἀμφίπολος δὲ ἡ κατὰ κύκλον περιστροφή. προπαροξύνονται δὲ ταῦτα πάντα, ὡς μετὰ προθέσεως συντιθέμενα, τὸ δὲ δικασπόλος διὰ τὸ μὴ μετὰ προθέσεως συντεθεῖσθαι παροξύνεται. —Lp
TRANSLATION: ‘Prospolos’ means ‘slave’, but ‘propolos’ without the sigma is a temple-warden. ‘Amphipolos’ is applied to turning around in a circular motion. All these are proparoxytone (accented on the antepenult) because compounded with a preposition, but ‘dikaspolos’ (‘judge’) is paroytone (accented on the penult) because it has not been compounded with a preposition.
POSITION: s.l. (finishing in margin block)
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.61,16–19
COMMENT: χωρί is an alternative form of χωρίς found in a few Byzantine texts and mentioned for analogy of formation in Eustathius in Od. 20.599 (II.222,10) οὕτω δὲ καὶ δηθάκις δηθάκι καὶ αὖθις αὖθι καὶ χωρὶς χωρί. Compare also sch. Lp Hec. 860 χωρὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄνευ καὶ χωρὶς ἀντὶ τοῦ μακράν.
KEYWORDS: rare word
Or. 106.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρόσπολον⟩: τοὺς (προσπόλ)ους —Gu
LEMMA: πρόσπολον in text Gr POSITION: s.l.
Or. 106.18 (thom gram) ⟨προσπόλους⟩: 1πρόσπολος οὐ μόνον ὁ δοῦλος ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ δούλη. 2τοιοῦτο δέ ἐστι καὶ τὸ ἀμφίπολος, πρὸς μὲν τὸ ἀρσενικὸν ὄνομα ἀρσενικῶς ἐκφερόμενος, πρὸς δὲ τὸ θηλυκὸν θηλυκῶς. —Zm, partial GuOx2
TRANSLATION: ‘Prospolos’ is not only a male slave, but also a female slave. And of this same sort is the word ‘amphipolos’, treated as masculine in reference to a masculine word but as feminine in reference to a feminine word.
POSITION: s.l. Gu, marg. Ox
APP. CRIT.: 1 πρόσπολος ὁ δοῦλος of Gr (106.11) allowed to serve as first words of this note by Gu | 2 τοιοῦτος Ox2 | πρὸς μὲν κτλ om. GuOx2 |
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐκφερόρομενος Zm |
Or. 107.01 (recMosch gloss) ⟨τί⟩: διὰ τί —AbF2RXaXbT+YYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. R
Or. 107.04 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἑρμιόνης … δέμας⟩: περιφραστικῶς τὴν Ἑρμιόνην —AbKMnRSSaZu
POSITION: marg. AbR, others s.l.
APP. CRIT.: αὐτὴν add. before τὴν Zu
KEYWORDS: περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν
Or. 107.05 (mosch exeg) ⟨Ἑρμιόνης … δέμας⟩: τὴν θυγατέρα τὴν Ἑρμιόνην περιφραστικῶς —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc
TRANSLATION: (‘Body of Hermione’ means) ‘her daughter Hermione’, by periphrasis.
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: τὴν θυγ.] ἀντὶ τοῦ G, om. Zc
KEYWORDS: περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν
Or. 107.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨Ἑρμιόνης … δέμας⟩: ἤγουν τὴν Ἑρμιόνην τὴν σὴν θυγατέρα —Zl
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 107.07 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἑρμιόνης … δέμας⟩: περιφραστικῶς —Pr
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν
Or. 108.01 (vet exeg) εἰς ὄχλον ἕρπειν παρθένοισιν: 1τί οὖν; ταῖς τελείαις τοῦτο καλόν; 2ἔστιν οὖν εἰπεῖν ὅτι ἐν Σπάρτῃ εἰώθασι γυμνάζεσθαι αἱ γυναῖκες καὶ παρθένοι, 3ὥστε δέδοται μὲν παρθένοις εἰς ὄχλον ἕρπειν, οὐ μὴν καθόλου, 4ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ ὡρισμένοις πράγμασιν οἷον κανηφορούσαις ἢ γυμναζομέναις, 5oὐ μὴν ἄλλο τι πραγματευομέναις. —MBVCPrRw
TRANSLATION: What then? Is this fine for adult women (to go out among a crowd)? Well then, one can say that in Sparta the wives and the unmarried girls are accustomed to take exercise, so that it has been granted to unmarried girls to go out in public, but not as a general rule, but (only) in defined circumstances, such as when carrying a ritual basket in procession or exercising, not however for any other activity.
LEMMA: MC, εἰς ὄχλον ἕρπειν παρθ() οὐ καλ(ον) B, εἰς ὄχλον ἕρπειν VPrRbRw REF. SYMBOL: BV, app. Rb
APP. CRIT.: 1 εἴποι τίς prep. BVPrRw, εἶπε τις prep. Rb | ταῖς om. Pr | τοῦτο] τὸ MCRw, om. V | 2 καὶ ἔστιν Pr | 3 δίδοται VRw | 4 ἀλλ’ om. Pr | κανισκοφορούσαις VRb, κἂν ἐνφερούσαις Rw | 5 ἀλλ’ ὅτι M, ἀλλ’ ὅτε Rb, ἀλλὰ Rw |
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 εἰώθασιν Rb | 3 ὠστε Rb | ὅχλον C | 4 ἐπὶ] ἐπεὶ Rb |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.109,4–8; Dind. II.61,23–62,4
COMMENT: The commentator seems unaware that funeral processions and subsequent ritual visits to the grave of a relative were also occasions for women to go out.
KEYWORDS: women, nature or proper behavior of
Or. 108.03 (pllgn exeg) ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ ταῖς γυναιξὶν εἰ μή τις καιρὸς νενομισμένος, ὃς κανηφορία λέγεται, ἦλθεν· εἰς ὃν ἐξήρχοντο εὐπάρυφοι παρθένοι καὶ γυναῖκες —F
TRANSLATION: But it is not fine even for married women unless a certain sanctioned occasion, which is called basket-bearing, has come. For this maidens and married women went out dressed in fine garments.
POSITION: marg.
APP. CRIT.: εἰ] ἢ F | μὴ om., s.l. add. F
KEYWORDS: women, nature or proper behavior of
Or. 108.04 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1ταῖς νεάνισιν· 2οὐ γὰρ ταῖς ἀγάμοις. 3ἄγαμος γὰρ καὶ ἡ Ἠλέκτρα. 4παρθένος δέ ἐστιν ἥ τε ἀμιγὴς καὶ ἡ ἄρτι ἡβῶσα. 5ἢ πάλιν κακονόως οὐ παρθένον βούλεται δεῖξαι τὴν Ἠλέκτραν, ὅτι οὐκ ἐπείσθη αὐτῇ. —MBVCPrRbRw
TRANSLATION: (By ‘parthenioisin’ Helen here means) young girls. For she does not mean unmarried girls. For Electra too is unmarried. And a ‘parthenos’ is both the girl who is still a virgin and the one who is just coming to sexual maturity. Alternatively, once again with ill will she (Helen) wants to show that Electra is not a virgin, because she (Electra) did not accede to her request.
LEMMA: Pr, in marg. B, ἕρπειν MC POSITION: before sch. 108.01 M
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἢ παρθένοισι prep. VRb, παρθένοις prep. BPr (perhaps lemma mistaken for first words of note) | 2 τοῖς M | 3 καὶ] om. VCPrRb, ἦν Rw | ἡ ἠλέκτρα] ἡ ἑλένη CRb | 4 δέ] τέ MBVPrRb | ἡ ἀμιγής τε transp. (and second ἡ del.) Elsperger 1908: 69 n. 33 | ἀμιγὴς om. Pr | ἡ om. MPrRbRw | 5 κακοήθως VRb, κακούργως Pr | δεῖξαι βούλεται transp. Schw., without note | τὴν ἠλέκτραν] τὴν ἑλένην Rb |
APP. CRIT. 2: 4 ἀμιγὶς Rb, ἀμογῆς Rw | ἄρτι] ἄργη C | ἡβόωσα Pr
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.108,23–109,2; Dind. II.62,5–8
KEYWORDS: κακονόως | κακοήθως | κακούργως
Or. 108.05 (vet exeg) τοῦτο κακοήθως εἶπεν. βούλεται γὰρ μὴ παρθένον δεῖξαι τὴν Ἠλέκτραν τῷ μὴ πεισθῆναι αὐτῇ. —H
TRANSLATION: She said this maliciously. For she wants to show that Electra is not a virgin, because she did not accede to her request.
REF. SYMBOL: H (to παρθ.)
KEYWORDS: κακόηθες/κακοήθως
Or. 108.08 (vet exeg) ⟨ἕρπειν⟩: τὸ ἕρπειν κυρίως ἐπὶ ὄφεως. —HMV3C
TRANSLATION: The (verb) ‘herpein’ is used properly of a serpent.
POSITION: s.l., except C, cont. from prev., adding δὲ
APP. CRIT.: τὸ ἕρπειν om. HV3 | ἐπὶ ὄφεων λέγεται C | τῆς ὄφεως app. H |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.109,3; Dind. II.62,8
Or. 108.15 (rec exeg) παρθένοισιν: [ν]εᾶνις ἡ ἄρτι [ἡ]βῶσα παρθένος [ ]τὸν ι̅β̅ χρόνον [δ]ραμοῦσα. —Pr
TRANSLATION: A young woman (is) the maiden who is just reaching puberty, having passed the twelfth year.
POSITION: marg.
APP. CRIT. 2: νεάνις Pr (accentuation attested in a number in late antique and Byzantine texts) |
COMMENT: The juncture χρόνον δραμεῖν is found once in Tzetzes, Chil. 4(epist.),569 ἐγγὺς πεντεκαιδέκατον τρέχοντα γὰρ τὸν χρόνον; other Byzantine authors provide two examples with διατρέχω and one with παρατρέχω. Possibly [διαδ]ραμοῦσα should be restored here, but the other lines of this note have not lost so many letters in left margin. |
Or. 108.22 (108a) (rec exeg) ⟨κἀγὼ γυναικῶν ἄφρον οὐχὶ παρθένος⟩: οὗτος ὁ στίχος ἀλλότριος. —Mn
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: This extra verse is characteristic of the recentiores and occurs in the text in AbCrMnRfSSaOx and in the margin in GPrR.
Or. 108.24 (108a) (rec gloss) ⟨γυναικῶν⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν —AbMnS
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀπὸ om. Ab, either ἀπὸ or ὑπὸ Mn (damage)
Or. 108.26 (108a) (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄφρον⟩: καὶ ἀσύνετε —CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀσύνετη (sic) CrOx
Or. 109.01 (pllgn exeg) καὶ μὴν οὐ μέλλει ἀπελθεῖν ἀλλαχόθεν καὶ ἔνι μεμπτὸν εἰς τὰς παρθένους εἰ μὴ ἵνα δώσει τὰ τροφεῖα τῇ ἀναθρεψάσῃ αὐτήν. —Yf2
TRANSLATION: And indeed she is not about to depart for another reason, and it is a source of reproach to maidens unless (she goes) in order to give repayment for nurture to the woman who raised her.
POSITION: cont. from prev. Yf2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.62,13–14
Or. 109.06 (rec gloss) ⟨τίνοι⟩: ἀνταποδώσει —Aa2MnSSa, app. R
POSITION: s.l., except marg. R
APP. CRIT.: -σειν SSa, ‑σοι Aa, ending washed out in R
Or. 109.07 (rec gloss) ⟨τίνοι⟩: ἀποδώσει —V3AbCrF2Ox
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx | -δώσω Ab, ‑δώσ() Cr
Or. 109.13 (thom exeg) ⟨τῇ τεθνηκυίᾳ τροφάς⟩: ὑπ’ ἐκείνης γὰρ ἀνετράφη. —ZZaZbZlZmTGuOx2
TRANSLATION: (‘Repayment for nurture to the dead woman’ is said) because she (Hermione) was raised by that woman (Clytemnestra).
POSITION: s.l., except marg. Ox2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.62,11
Or. 109.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τεθνηκυίᾳ⟩: ἤγουν τῇ Κλυταιμνήστρᾳ —CrYf2ZuOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Yf2
Or. 109.17 (vet exeg) ⟨τροφὰς⟩: 1ἀντὶ τοῦ τροφεῖα· 2ἀνθ’ ὧν ἀνετράφη ὑπ’ αὐτῆς, ἀμοιβὴν διδοῦσα. —HMVC, partial OAbMnPrSSaYf2
TRANSLATION: Meaning repayment for nurture. Giving a return for the fact that she was raised by her.
LEMMA: καὶ μὴν τίνοις ἂν V REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: s.l. CMnPrSSa; marg. HM; under the line (in lower margin) Ab
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀντὶ τοῦ τροφεῖα om. AbMnPrSSaYf, om. O, but sep. has (τροφ)ια above τροφὰς | ἀντὶ τοῦ om. V | τροφεῖα] τρόφεια M, (τροφ)ια O, τρόφιν (or ‑ην changed to ‑ιν) C | 2 ἀνθ’ ὧν om. Ab, ἀνθ’ ὧ app. Yf2 | ἀνεστράφη Sa, ἐτράφη S, ἀνατρέφη Mn | ἐπ’ αὐτῆς AbMnPrSSa | ἀμοιβὴν διδοῦσα om. HO
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἀνθῶν M |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.109,9–10; Dind. II.62,11–12
COLLATION NOTES: Yf with cross. |
Or. 109.18 (mosch exeg) ⟨τροφάς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ χάριν ἕνεκα τῆς ἀνατροφῆς ἧς ἀνέθρεψεν αὐτήν. —XXaXbT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: (‘Trophas’, ‘nurturings’ is) used to mean ‘grateful return on account of the nurture with which she (Clytemnestra) raised her (Hermione)’.
REF. SYMBOL: Y POSITION: s.l. XaXbTG(above 110)Gr
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ χάριν om. G | ἕνεκα om. T | ἔθρεψεν G | αὐτήν om. G
Or. 109.19 (mosch gloss) ⟨τροφάς⟩: ἀνατροφάς —XXaXbT+YYfGuZc
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.62,10
COLLATION NOTES: Cross omitted by Ta. |
Or. 109.21 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τροφὰς⟩: τροφεῖα —F2GYf2Zb
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὰ prep. F2 G
COLLATION NOTES: Not quite certain it is Yf2 rather than Yf; cross in front Yf. |
Or. 111.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πέμψομεν⟩: γε —V3
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: This γε is added because V had written θυγατέρα γ’ instead of γε θυγατέρ’.
Or. 111.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πέμψομαι⟩: (πέμψο)μεν —V3
LEMMA: πέμψομαι in text by correction of V2 POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: μεν is deleted at a later time, app. by V3 |
Or. 111.04 (moschThom gloss) ⟨πέμψομαι⟩: πέμψω —XXaXbYYfGGrZZaZbZlZmZuT*
POSITION: s.l., except X
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Zu
Or. 112.04 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨πάρος⟩: ἔμπροσθεν —Ab2MnRSXXbT+YfGrZcZZaZb2Zl
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. S
Or. 113.02 (rec gloss) ⟨χοὰς⟩: θυσίας —OAbCrYf2, app. Zl
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ τὰς prep. CrOx, τὰς prep. Yf2
COLLATION NOTES: θυ]σι[ας Zl (water damage) |
Or. 113.07 (rec etaGloss) ⟨κόμας … ἐμᾶς⟩: κόμης ἐμῆς —Ab
LEMMA: ἐμάς a.c., ἐμᾶς p.c. Ab POSITION: s.l.
Or. 114.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἀμφὶ⟩: ἐπὶ —XXaXbT+YYfGrZc
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: Cross omitted by Ta. |
Or. 115.02 (thom exeg) ⟨μελίκρατ’⟩: τὰ ἀπὸ μέλιτος καὶ γάλακτος κράματα —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Melikrata’ refers to) the mixtures made of honey and milk.
REF. SYMBOL: ZbZl POSITION: s.l. except ZbZl
APP. CRIT. 2: κράμματα ZZa
Or. 115.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μελίκρατ’⟩: μελίκρατον λέγεται τὸ μέλι μεμιγμένον μετὰ γάλακτος· νῦν δὲ μελίκρατον μέλι μεμιγμένον ὕδατι· ὅπερ λέγεται χώμελι. —Y2Yf2
TRANSLATION: Honey mixed with milk is called ‘melikraton’. But in the present passage ‘melikraton’ is honey mixed with water, what is called ‘chōmeli’.
POSITION: s.l. Y
APP. CRIT.: μελίκρατον λέγεται om. Y2 | χέμελι or χΐμελι or χύμελι Yf2 (certainly not χώμελι)
COMMENT: χώμελι seems to be the correct decipherment of the strokes in Y; Yf is unfortunately obscure because of sloppiness and compression of the hand. This word is not in TLG; χιονόμελι is found once in Geoponica for a water/honey mixture used as medicine, made by mixing in snow. With thanks to Maria Mavroudi, Nick Nicholas and Nikos Sarantakos, I can refer to Moeris’ glossing of μελίκρατον with ὑδόμελι and οἰνόμελι; and a modern Greek word variously spelled as χούμελι, χούμελη, χουμέλι, χουμέλη, which also may refer to water with honey dissolved in it or other mixture of water and honey.
KEYWORDS: rare word
Or. 115.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄφες⟩: πέμψον —V1AbCrFKMnRfSSaZuGOxB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrFZuOx, διὸ V1
Or. 115.10 (vet exeg) ⟨γάλακτος⟩: λείπει ἡ μετά, ἵν’ ᾖ μετὰ γάλακτος. —MCMnRmargRbS
TRANSLATION: The preposition ‘meta’ is omitted (and to be understood), so that the meaning is ‘with milk’.
LEMMA: μελίκρατ’ ἄφες MnRbS REF. SYMBOL: M (to γάλακτος), Rb(to the whole line) POSITION: intermarg. MC, marg. Ra
APP. CRIT.: ἡ μετά om. C
APP. CRIT. 2: ἵνα Mn |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.109,11; Dind. II.63,1
KEYWORDS: λείπει
Or. 115.11 (rec exeg) ⟨γάλακτος⟩: λείπει τὰ μειλίγματα μετὰ τοῦ. —Pr
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: λείπει
Or. 115.16 (vet exeg) οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην: 1ἐμφαντικῶς τὴν δαψιλῆ τοῦ οἴνου ῥύσιν διὰ τῆς ἄχνης ἐσήμανε. 2τοῦτο δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν κυμάτων εἴρηται [Hom. Il. 4.426]· 3‘ἀποπτύει δ’ ἁλὸς ἄχνην’. 4οἱ δὲ ἀκύρως τὴν οἰνόχροα τρίχα φασί. 5λάχνη γὰρ ἡ θρὶξ, ἀλλ’ ἄχνη τὸ λεπτὸν μέρος, ὃ κατέχειν τις οὐ δύναται, οἱονεὶ ἀέχη τις οὖσα. —MBVCMnPrRaRbRwS
TRANSLATION: He (the poet) indicated the abundant flow of wine vividly by using the word ‘achnē’. And this word has been used of waves (in Homer): ‘the sea spits forth a foam of salt water’. Some say it is used in a transferred sense to mean wine-colored hair. For hair is called ‘lachnē’, but ‘achnē’ is used of the fine portion of hair that one is not able to grasp/control, as if being some unheld thing (‘aechē’).
LEMMA: BPr(οἰνοπόν Pr, a.c. B), μελίκρατ’ ἄφες γάλακτος οἰνοπόν τ’ ἄχνη MC, μελίκρατ’ ἄφες VMnRaRbS, ἄχνην Rw REF. SYMBOL: MBV
APP. CRIT.: Ra partly washed out | 1 ἐκφαντικῶς C, ἐμφατικῶς Rb | δαψιλῆ transp. after οἴνου MBCPrRw | τοῦ om. Rw | 1 διὰ τῆς] BPr, διὰ γὰρ τῆς others | 1–2 ἐσήμανε τοῦτο δὲ] τοῦτο ἐσήμανε τοῦτο δὲ MnRaRbRw, τοῦτο ἐσήμανε. ὅμηρος γὰρ V | 1 ἐσήμανε om. S | 2 τῶν om. V | 2 εἴρηται om. V | 3 ἁλὸς] διὸς Rw | ἄχνην] ἄχνη V, ἄχην Mn | 4 ἀκύρως] V, κυρίως others | φησὶ Mn | 5 λεπτὸν μέρος] λεπτόμενον V | οὐ om. S | ἀέχη] ἔχνη C, ἄχη Rw, ἀέχνη Pr | second τις] τί M |
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 δαψιλὴν Mn | ῥῦσιν Pr | 3 ἀλὸς M, ἄλλος Pr | 5 ἀλλ’ ἄχνη] ἀλάχλη a.c., ἀλάχνη p.c. Pr | first τίς Ra | οἰονεὶ MMn
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.109,12–16; Dind. II.63,5–9
KEYWORDS: etymology | citation of Homer (with direct quotation)
Or. 115.17 (vet exeg) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: δαψιλῆ τοῦ οἴνου {καὶ} ῥύσιν· διὰ γὰρ τῆς ἄχνης τοῦτο ἐσήμηνεν. οἱ δὲ τὴν οἰνόχροα τρίχα φασί. —H
TRANSLATION: Abundant flow of wine. For this is what he indicated by using the word ‘achnē’. Other say (the phrase) means wine-colored hair.
POSITION: marg.
Or. 115.18 (rec exeg) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: ἐμφαντικῶς τὴν τοῦ οἴνου δαψιλῆ ῥύσιν· ἄχνη δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν κυμ[άτων]. —O
Or. 115.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: οἶνον καὶ μέλι καθὼς εἶχον συνήθειαν μετὰ γάλακτος. —Zl
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: Check original Zl, very faint. |
Or. 115.20 (rec exeg) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: ἡ ἄχνη (?)ση(μαίνει) [2–4] τὸ μέλι μετὰ τοῦ γάλακτος καὶ τὴν ὑγρὴν τρίχα τὴν οὖσαν κατὰ τὸ [ ca. 6 ] (?)κυριν(ος)(?) [ ca. 6? ]. —R
POSITION: marg.
APP. CRIT. 2: ὐγρὴν R |
Or. 115.21 (pllgn exeg) οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην: 1εἰς τρία διαιρεῖται ὁ οἶνος, εἰς τὸ ἄνθος, εἰς αὐτὸν τὸν οἶνον, καὶ εἰς τὸν τρυγίαν. 2καὶ ἄνθος μὲν τὸ ἐπάνω τοῦ πίθου ἤγουν τὸ πρῶτον, οἶνος δὲ τὸ μέσον, τρυγίας δὲ ἡ ὕλη ἤγουν τὸ κάτω. 3ὡσαύτως καὶ τὸ αἷμα εἰς τρία καὶ τὸ γάλα. 4καὶ τὸ μὲν καθαρώτατον τοῦ αἵματος ἀποτελεῖται εἰς τὸ ἧπαρ εἰς τὸ δεξιὸν μέρος, τὸ δὲ χνοωδέστατον εἰς τὴν χοληδόχον κύστιν, ὁ δὲ τρυγίας εἰς τὸν σπλῆνα. 5ὡσαύτως καὶ τὸ γάλα· τὸ μὲν καθαρώτατον καὶ λιπωδέστατον τὸ ἐπάνω ὅπερ γίνεται βούτυρος, τὸ δέ μέσον ὁ ὀρρὸς, τὸ δὲ κάτωθεν ὡς τρυγίας ὅπερ ποιεῖ τὸν τυρόν. —Y2Yf2
TRANSLATION: Wine is divided into three parts, the bloom, the wine itself, and the lees. And the bloom is the part at the top of the container, that is, the first pour; the wine is what is in the middle, and the lees are the solid matter, that is, what is below. In exactly the same way also blood and milk (are divided) into three parts. The purest form of the blood is created in the liver in the righthand part, the type most clouded by fine particles in the gall bladder, and the lees in the spleen. In the same way also milk: the purest and fattiest part is the liquid on top, which becomes butter, the middle is the whey, and the part below is as it were the lees, the part that creates cheese.
POSITION: s.l. Y2
APP. CRIT.: 4 καθαρώτερον app. Yf2 | χνωδέστατον Yf2 | χολιδόχον Y2Yf2, corr. Dindorf | εἰς τὴν σπλῆνα δὲ ὁ τρυγίας Yf2 | 5 εἰς add. before τὸ γάλα Yf2 (εἰς had been deleted by Matt. without knowledge of Y) | καθαρώτερον app. Yf2 | καὶ add. before τὸ ἐπάνω Y2 | ὁ δὲ μέσον Yf2 |
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 τῶ κάτω Y2 |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.63,11–19
COMMENT: No other passage in TLG has αἷμα described as χνοῶδες, rendered ‘cloudy’ here by BDAG (‘torbido’ in the Italian original). | χολήδοκος is very rare, with only two other instances in TLG, in Erasistratus fr. 146. | The threefold division of milk is similar to Galen, de simplicium medicamentorum temperamentis ac facultatibus, 11:677,10–18 Kühn. For discussion of similar threefold divisions of wine and oil and honey, see Plutarch, quaest. conviv. 7.3 (701d–702c). | The feminine as seen in Yf2 τὴν σπλῆνα is attested in some medieval astrological and medical texts. | Turyn 1957: 58–59 proposes that this is Planudean because Yf has a cross before it and because he finds medical topics in other possibly Planudean scholia. See, however, Prelim. Stud. 105–106.
KEYWORDS: rare word | Planudes
Or. 115.22 (rec gloss) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: μέλαινάν τε τρίχα —AaPrMnSSa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τε] τῆς Mn, om. AaPr
Or. 115.23 (rec exeg) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: γρ. οἰνόποόν τ’ ἄχνην —R
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 115.24 (mosch gloss) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: τὴν οἰνάνθην —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l., except X
APP. CRIT.: τὴν om. G | οἰνάθην app. Y
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.63,10
Or. 115.25 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: τὴν τρίχωσιν τὴν οἰνόχροα ἤγουν τὴν ξανθὴν —V3
POSITION: marg.
Or. 115.26 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: τὴν λευκὴν τρίχωσιν· τὸ καθαρὸν τοῦ οἴνου καὶ λαμπρόν. —Gu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.63,10–11
Or. 115.27 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: ὁ καθαρώτατος τοῦ οἴνου —Yf2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καθαρώτερος Yf2
Or. 115.33 (pllgn gloss) ⟨οἰνωπόν⟩: traces of illegible gloss, possibly beginning with ζωντ(?) —B3a
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: Check original B. |
Or. 115.37 (thom exeg) ⟨ἄχνην⟩: 1τὸν λεπτότατον τόνδε οἶνον ἢ ἄχνην λέγει οἱονεὶ κορυφὴν. 2ὅταν γὰρ ἐπιχέηται οἶνος τῷ ἐκ μέλιτος καὶ γάλακτος κράματι, ἐπιπολαίως κεῖται. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (Meaning) this most delicate wine, or he speaks of ‘achnē’ more or less as the top part. For when wine is poured upon the mixture of honey and milk, it rests on top.
REF. SYMBOL: ZZa, to οἰνωπόν Zm POSITION: cont. from 115.02 ZbZl (Zl add. καὶ)
APP. CRIT.: 1 prep. οἰνωπὸν ἄχνην λέγει T | ἢ del. Matt.
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 κράμματι ZZa | ἐπιπολέως T (‑αίως Ta) |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.63,2–4
Or. 115.44 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄχνης⟩: (ἄχν)ην —V
LEMMA: ἄχνης in text V POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: Diggle records this as V1/2; it seems to me to be the ink and letter-forms of main scribe. |
Or. 116.02 (pllgn gram) ⟨στᾶσ’⟩: ἔστη τις ἑκουσίως, ἐστάθη ἀκουσίως· τὸ μὲν ἔστη μετὰ θελήματος, τὸ δὲ ἐστάθη δυναστικῶς. —Y2
TRANSLATION: Someone stood/came to a stop (intransitive aorist form) willingly, was stood up/set up (aorist passive form) unwillingly. The (intransitive) form ‘he stood’ is accompanied by willingness, but the (passive) form ‘was stood up’ occurs by command of an authority.
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀκουσίως] ἑκουσίως Y2
KEYWORDS: vocabulary, definitions and distinctions
Or. 116.03 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἐπ’ ἀκροῦ χώματος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπ’ ἄκρον χῶμα —HM
TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘(going) up to the top of the mound’.
POSITION: s.l. H, marg. M
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. H
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.109,17; Dind. II.63,20
Or. 116.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἐπ’ ἄκρου χώματος⟩: ἐπὶ τοῦ ἄκρου τοῦ τάφου —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον Gr, ἐπ’ ἄκρου Y | second τοῦ om. Zc
Or. 116.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐπ’ ἄκρου χώματος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰπεῖν τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ χώματος τὸ ἄκρον χῶμα λέγουσιν οἱ Ἀττικοί, ὡς ἐνταῦθα καὶ παρὰ Σοφοκλεῖ [Soph. Aj. 238–239] ‘καὶ γλῶτταν ἄκραν / ῥιπτεῖ θερίσας’, ἤγουν τὸ ἄκρον τῆς γλώττης. —Gu
TRANSLATION: Instead of saying ‘the top part of the mound’ Attic writers say ‘the topmost mound’, as here and in Sophocles, ‘and having lopped off the outermost tongue he throws it aside’, that is, ‘the tip of the tongue’.
KEYWORDS: Ἀττικοί
Or. 116.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐπ’ ἄκρου⟩: ἐπάνω —F2Zu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.63,20–23
Or. 116.08 (recThom gloss) ⟨χώματος⟩: τάφου —CrMnPrRwSSaZZaZbZlZmZuOxB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τοῦ prep. MnPrSB3a, καὶ prep. Cr |
Or. 117.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ἑλένη σ’ ἀδελφή⟩: †ἡ ἀνάπταιστος —Yf2
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The lexica provide only three attestations of ἀνάπταιστος. In Suda α 2036 ἀνάπταιστον: τὸ μὴ πταῖον in a sequence of ἀναπ‑ words), it could derive from a text where it was an error for ἄπταιστον . The others are in an astrological text (Catalogus codicum astrologorum graecorum VIII:4.208,2 and 210,15): in the first place it is only a rejected variant for ἄπταιστον, in the other it is in all three codices, but the editor prints ἀπταίστους. If we emend here to ἡ ἄπταιστος, ‘the unerring one’, or if we accept that in Byzantine Greek ἀνάπταιστος indeed existed with the same meaning as ἄπταιστος, the commentator would be making a very strange claim about Helen, particularly in the context of this passage (unless he is being sarcastic; but why use such an odd term, rather than ἡ βελτίστη, used sarcastically in sch. 120.01?). More likely, this gloss is a misunderstanding/misreading of ἀνάπαιστος, a metrical note on ἑλένη, and ἡ was originally a separate article gloss on the same word (117.03).
Or. 117.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀδελφὴ⟩: θέλεις μετὰ τοῦ ν̅ ἢ χωρὶς τοῦ ν̅ —Zu
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: This and the next give evidence of a variant reading ἀδελφὴν, which appears not to have been reported previously.
Or. 117.13 (rec gloss) ⟨τάσδε … χοάς⟩: ταῖσδε … χοαῖς —Rf
LEMMA: τάσδε … χοάς in text Rf POSITION: s.l.
Or. 117.14 (rec gram) ⟨ταῖσδε … χοαῖς⟩: ἀντίστροφον, ὡς τὸ ἐδωρεῖτο τὸν ἅγ(ιον) τοῖς χρυσοῖς —Mn
TRANSLATION: With exchange of (case‑)construction, as in the sentence ‘he gifted the saint with gold pieces’.
POSITION: s.l. (space between ἀντίστροφον and the rest)
APP. CRIT.: ἔδωκε Mn
COMMENT: I have not located any passage where δίδωμι has such a construction. I assume ἔδωκε is a mistake for ἐδωρεῖτο, since (as 117.20–22 indicate) that verb can take alternative constructions for person and thing as arguments. I find no parallel for the example sentence.
KEYWORDS: ἀντίστροφον/ἀντιστρόφως
Or. 117.16 (mosch exeg) ⟨δωρεῖται⟩: δεξιοῦται δι’ ἐμοῦ δηλονότι διὰ φόβον τοῦ ἐλθεῖν αὐτὴν πρὸς τὸ μνῆμα τὸ σόν —XXaXbT+YGGr
TRANSLATION: (Your sister) greets (honors) you, that is to say, through me (scil. Hermione) because of fear of going herself to your tomb.
LEMMA: X, ταῖσδε δωρεῖται G
APP. CRIT.: φόβου G
APP. CRIT. 2: δῆλον ὅτι G |
COMMENT: For the sense ‘honor’ see the comment on sch. 117.21.
Or. 117.18 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨δωρεῖται⟩: δεξιοῦται —V3AbFKMnPrRSSaXaXbYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmT*B3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Pr
Or. 117.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δωρεῖται⟩: 1τὸ δωρεῖσθαι εἰ μὲν σημαίνει τὸ χαρίζεσθαι καὶ διδόναι ἁπλῶς, συντάσσεται πρὸς μὲν τὸ πρόσωπον δοτικῇ, πρὸς δὲ τὸ πρᾶγμα αἰτιατικῇ, οἷον δωροῦμαί σοι τόδε. 2ὅτε δὲ τὸ φιλοφρονεῖσθαι καὶ δεξιοῦσθαι, ὡς ἐνταῦθα, ἐναλλὰξ πρὸς μὲν τὸ πρόσωπον αἰτιατικῇ, πρὸς δὲ τὸ πρᾶγμα δοτικῇ, οἷον δωροῦμαί σε τῷδε. —Gu
TRANSLATION: If the verb ‘dōreisthai’ (‘to gift’) denotes ‘grant as a favor’ or simply ‘give’, it is construed with the person in the dative and the thing in the accusative, as for example ‘I gift this to you’. But when it denotes ‘show favor’ or ‘honor’, as it does here, inversely it is construed with the person in the accusative and with the thing in the dative, as for example in ‘I gift you with this’.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.64,1–6
KEYWORDS: vocabulary, definitions and distinctions
Or. 117.21 (pllgn gram) ⟨δωρεῖται⟩: 1δωροῦμαι τὸ δεξιοῦμαι καὶ τιμῶ ἀπὸ αἰτιατικῆς εἰς δοτικὴν, ὡς τὸ δωρεῖται σε ταῖσδε χοαῖς ἀντὶ τοῦ τιμᾷ σε. 1δωροῦμαι δὲ τὸ παρέχω σοι τι ἐπὶ πλούτου ἀπὸ δοτικῆς εἰς αἰτιατικὴν, ὡς τὸ δωροῦμαι σοι τόδε ἢ ἵππον ἢ ἄλλο τι. —Y2Yf2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: 1 ὡς τῷ a.c. Y2
COMMENT: For δεξιόομαι in the sense ‘honor’ see Lampe s.v. δεξιόω 2d–e; BDAG s.v. δεξιόομαι. For the meaning ‘gift/endow someone (acc.) with something (dat.)’, implied here, Lampe cites Greg. Naz. orat. 14 (PG 35.881,30–32) καὶ τοῖς ἐντεῦθεν χρηστοῖς πολλάκις δεξιοῦται τὸ θεῖον τοὺς εὐσεβεῖς.
COLLATION NOTES: No cross Yf. |
KEYWORDS: vocabulary, definitions and distinctions
Or. 117.22 (pllgn gram) ⟨δωρεῖται⟩: δωροῦμαι τὸ δεξιοῦμαι αἰτιατικῇ· δωροῦμαι τὸ δίδωμι δοτικῆ. —Aa
REF. SYMBOL: Aa
Or. 118.09 (thom gloss) ⟨προσελθεῖν⟩: πλησιάσαι —Zb2ZlGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: πλησιᾶσαι Zb2 |
Or. 118.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ταρβοῦσά⟩: φοβουμένη —V1AbCrMnRSSaGZb2ZlZuOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrMnOx | φοβοῦσα R
Or. 118.16 (vet exeg) ⟨τε⟩: περιττὸς ὁ τέ· βούλεται δὲ λέγειν φόβῳ ταρβοῦσα. —MC
TRANSLATION: The conjunction ‘te’ is superfluous. She means to say ‘dreading with fear’ (that is, the dative noun ‘fear’ goes with the participle ‘tarbousa’ rather than being a separate expression).
POSITION: intermarg. MC
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.109,18; Dind. II.647–8
KEYWORDS: περισσός/περιττός
Or. 119.03 (mosch gloss) ⟨Ἀργεῖον⟩: τὸν τῶν Ἀργείων —XXaXbT+YYfGrZc
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: τὸν om. Zc
Or. 119.06 (vet exeg) ⟨εὐμενῆ δ’ ἄνωγέ νιν⟩: γράφεται πρευμενῆ, ὅ ἐστι πραϋμενῆ καὶ προσφιλῆ. —MCV3MnRbS
TRANSLATION: ‘Preumenē’ is (also) written, that is, gentle-minded (‘praümenē’) or friendly.
LEMMA: Rb REF. SYMBOL: Rb POSITION: intermarg. MC, s.l. V3S
APP. CRIT.: γρ. καὶ V3CRb | ὅ ἐστι] ἤγουν MnRbS | πραϋμενῆ καὶ om. RbS | πραϋνομένη C, cf. πραυμένη M |
APP. CRIT. 2: προσφιλ() C |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.109,19; Dind. II.64,9
COMMENT: Compare sch. MBPr Hec. 538 πρευμενής: πρᾶος εὐμενής· ἐκ γὰρ τῶν δύο σύγκειται ἡ λέξις.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 119.09 (rec gloss) ⟨εὐμενῆ⟩: πραεῖαν —MnRSCrGuOx, perhaps Ab
POSITION: s.l. except Rb; cont. from 119.06 MnRbS
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx | πρᾶον Ox
COLLATION NOTES: Ab has been erased, but traces of (app.) ειαν; in erasure is written ‘mansa’(?) (Italian gloss). |
Or. 119.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄνωγέ νιν⟩: λείπει παρακαλοῦσα. —AbSSa
POSITION: s.l. SSa, marg. Ab
APP. CRIT.: λείπει om. Sa
KEYWORDS: λείπει
Or. 119.14 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἄνωγέ⟩: κέλευε —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZcB3a
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.64,10
Or. 119.15 (thom gram) ⟨ἄνωγέ⟩: ἀνώγω κυρίως τὸ προστάσσω. —ZmGuOx2
POSITION: marg. Ox; cont. from gloss 119.19 Zm, add. δὲ
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.64,10–11
COLLATION NOTES: Gu with cross in front. |
Or. 119.16 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄνωγέ⟩: παρακάλεσον —V1Zu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Zu | app. παρακάλεσε V1
Or. 119.17 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἄνωγέ⟩: παρακάλει —FL2MnPrZZaZbZlZmTGuB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. F
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.64,10
Or. 119.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄνωγέ⟩: καὶ πρόσταξον —CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: πρόσταξε Ox, ending ον erased or damaged in Cr
Or. 119.19 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἄνωγέ⟩: λέγε —V1AaAbRfZZaZbZlZmZuTGuOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Zu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.64,10
Or. 119.21 (recThom gloss) ⟨νιν⟩: αὐτὴν —V1AaF2MnRRfSSaZZlGuG
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. S
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.64,10
Or. 120.02 (vet exeg) καὶ πόσει γνώμην ἔχειν: 1ἐνταῦθα ἡ βελτίστη οὐδὲ τὴν θυγατέρα ἑαυτῆς προέκρινε· 2τοῦ γὰρ ἀνδρὸς μικροῦ δεῖν καὶ ἐπελάθετο. —MCMnRaRbSSa
TRANSLATION: Here the wonderful woman did not even give precedence to her daughter over herself. As for her husband, she almost even forgot about him.
LEMMA: MC, καὶ πόσει RaRbSa, καὶ ποσι Mn, πόσει S REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: s.l. MnSSa
APP. CRIT.: 2 τοῦ] τοῦτο M | γὰρ om. Sa
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 προέκρινεν M |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.109,20–22
KEYWORDS: character, analysis of
Or. 120.04 (rec gloss) ⟨πόσει⟩: ἀνδρὶ —CrF2RfZlZuOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ τῷ prep. CrOx, τῷ prep. ZlZu
Or. 121.01 (vet exeg) τοῖν τ’ ἀθλίοιν: 1καὶ αὐτῶν μέμνηται, ἵνα μὴ δόξῃ παντελῶς λιθοκάρδιος εἶναι, ὅμως μετὰ ἀρᾶς. 2τὸ γὰρ οὓς ἀπώλεσεν θεός δοκεῖ μὲν συναχθομένη λέγειν, πανούργως δὲ ἐμφαίνει ὅτι θεοῖς ἀπηχθημένοι εἰσίν. 3οὐ γὰρ ἀπολλύει εἶπεν, ἀλλ’ ἀπώλεσεν, ὡς ἐγνωσμένης ἤδη τῆς παρὰ θεῶν δυσμενείας. —MBVCPrRw
TRANSLATION: She mentions them (Orestes and Electra) as well, in order not to seem completely stone-hearted, but even so she does it with a curse. For in uttering the phrase ‘whom god has destroyed’ she seems to be sharing their distress, but with malicious cunning she indirectly suggests that they are hated by the gods. For she did not say ‘is destroying’ but ‘has destroyed’, as if the hostility on the part of the gods is already decided.
LEMMA: all (add. τοῖνδε Rw) REF. SYMBOL: MBV
APP. CRIT.: 1 δόξῃ] λέξῃ B | 1–2 μετὰ ἀρᾶς. τὸ γὰρ οὓς] μιαροὺς καλεῖ. οὓς γάρ φησι V | 2 δοκεῖ] εὐδοκεῖ M | λέγειν om. V | καὶ add. before θεοῖς BVRw | ἀπηχθομένοι B, ἀπηχθομένα app. Pr, ἀπηχθημένη V | 3 ἀπολλύει] οσπόλλ begun by B, but corr.; ἀπολύει MVPr | εἷπεν om. V | ὡς… δυσμενείας om. V | ἐγνωσμένως C | ἤδη om. Rw | παρὰ om. PrRw | θεῷ C |
APP. CRIT. 2: παντελῶ Rw | ἁρᾶς Rw | 2 ἀπώλεσε BCPrRw | 3 δυσμενίας Pr |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.109,23–27; Dind. II.64,12–16
KEYWORDS: πανούργος/πανούργως | character, analysis of
Or. 121.02 (vet exeg) ⟨τοῖν τ’ ἀθλίοιν⟩: μέμνηται καὶ αὐτῶν, ἵνα μὴ δόξῃ παντελῶς λιθοκάρδιος εἶναι. —H
TRANSLATION: She mentions them (Orestes and Electra) as well, in order not to seem completely stone-hearted.
POSITION: marg.
Or. 121.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨τοῖν τ’ ἀθλίοιν⟩: ἤγουν τῇ Ἠλέκτρᾳ καὶ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ —AbMnRSSaZl
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤτοι R | τὴν ἠλέκτραν καὶ τὸν ὀρέστην Zl | τὴν Mn
Or. 121.04 (moschThom paraphr) ⟨τοῖν τ’ ἀθλίοιν⟩: τῷ Ὀρέστῃ καὶ τῇ Ἠλέκτρᾳ —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZcZcZaZmCrOxB3a
REF. SYMBOL: X POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: prep. ἤγουν ZmB3a | τῷ om. G | καὶ om. Zc
COMMENT: Although this is in ZZaZm as well as T, a combination which by the criteria of this edition causes it to be marked as Thoman, Triclinius added it when incorporating Moschopulean material and marks it as a Moschopulean gloss, not as one common to Moschopulus and Thomas.
Or. 121.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τοῖν τ’ ἀθλίοιν⟩: ἤγουν τὸν Ὀρέστην καὶ τὴν Ἠλέκτραν —Vrec
Or. 121.09 (rec gloss) ⟨θεός⟩: ὁ Ἀπόλλων —Ab2CrGKMnRSSaOxYf2B3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. CrOx | ὁ om. Mn, spaced as if sep. article gloss Ab
Or. 121.10 (thom exeg) ⟨θεός⟩: ὁ Ἀπόλλων προστάξας τὸν φόνον —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘A god’ refers to) Apollo, for having ordered the murder.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὸν φόνον om. Za
Or. 121.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θεός⟩: ἤγουν ὁ Ἀπόλλων· αὐτὸς γὰρ αὐτοὺς εἰς μητρικὸν φόνον παρέθηξε. —Zu
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 122.01 (122–123) (vet paraphr) ἃ δ’ εἰς ἀδελφήν: ἃ δὲ νενόμισται τοῖς νεκροῖς ποιεῖν, ταῦτα κἀμὲ ὑπισχνοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀδελφὴν ποιεῖν. —MBVCMnPrRaRbRwSSa
TRANSLATION: The things which it has become customary to do for the dead, promise that I too will do these in regard to my sister.
LEMMA: MBPrRaRb(ἀδ’ εἰς), ἃ δ’ εἰς ἀδελφήν καιρός C, ὑπισχνοῦ Rw, ἄλλως V REF. SYMBOL: MBRb POSITION: after 122.04 V
APP. CRIT.: first ποιεῖν] πλεῖν Pr | ταῦτα … ποιεῖν om. V | κἀμὲ] καὶ S | ὑπισχοῦ Rb, ἐπισχνοῦ S |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.110,1–2; Dind. II.64,17–18
Or. 122.02 (122–123) (vet paraphr) ἄλλως: ἅπαντα τὰ τῶν νεκρῶν δωρήματα, ἃ εὔκαιρον εἰς ἀδελφὴν ἐμὴν ἐκπονεῖν, ὑπισχνοῦ. —MBVCPrRw
TRANSLATION: All the gifts for the dead, which it is timely to perform for my sister, promise (them).
LEMMA: BPrRw POSITION: cont. from 122.01 C, from 122.11 V
APP. CRIT.: ἅπαντα] ἅπαντα δὲ BVPrRw, ἅπαντα δὲ δωρήματα M (with dicolon as if the words are a lemma) | εὐκαιρον εἰς] εὔκαιρα εἰς M, εὐκαιρεῖς Rw | τὴν ἐμὴν V | ἐκπονεῖν ἐμὴν transp. BPr |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.110,3–4; Dind. II.64,18–20
Or. 122.03 (122–123) (vet paraphr) ἅπερ δὲ πρέπει τοὺς τεθνηκότας παρὰ τῶν ζώντων λαμβάνειν, ταῦτα ὑπισχνοῦ τῇ ἐμῇ ἀδελφῇ. —H
TRANSLATION: And whatever it is proper for the dead to receive from the living, promise these things to my sister.
POSITION: marg.
Or. 122.04 (122–123) (rec paraphr) ἃ δ’ εἰς ἀδελφήν: ἃ δὲ εὔκαιρον εἰς ἀδελφὴν ἐκπονεῖν νεκρῶν δωρήματα ταῦτα ὑπισχνοῦμαι. —V
LEMMA: V POSITION: before 122.01 V
APP. CRIT.: ταῦτα (or πάντα) Mastr., ἅττα V
Or. 122.05 (122–123) (rec paraphr) καὶ ὑπισχνοῦ ἅπαντα τὰ δῶρα τῶν νεκρῶν, ἃ καιρὸς βιάζεται πονεῖν ἢ ποιεῖν ἐμὲ εἰς τὴν ἐμὴν ἀδελφήν. —Ra
REF. SYMBOL: Ra
Or. 122.06 (122–123) (mosch paraphr) ἃ δὲ δωρήματα τῶν κάτω, τουτέστι προσήκοντα τοῖς κάτω, καιρός ἐστι δηλονότι ἁρμόδιος ἐνεργεῖν ἐμὲ εἰς τὴν ἐμὴν ἀδελφὴν, ἅπαντα ὑπισχνοῦ. —XXaXbT+YYfGr
LEMMA: V POSITION: cont. from 122.22 X
APP. CRIT.: ἐμὲ] ἐμὴ a.c. Gr
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.64,20–22
Or. 122.07 (122–123) (pllgn exeg) 1ἃ δὲ δωρήματα τῶν νερτέρων καιρὸς ὑπάρχει ἐκπονεῖν εἰς τὴν ἐμὴν ἀδελφὴν, ἅπαντα ὑπισχνοῦ. 2διὰ δὲ τοῦ ἐκπονεῖν ἐδήλωσεν ὅτι μεγαλοπρεπῆ τινα, πέπλους, ἔμελλε κατασκευάσαι. 3ἦθος γὰρ εἶχον τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῖς τάφοις πέπλους ἐκτίθεσθαι, 4ὡς καὶ ἡ τοῦ Ὀδυσσέως Πηνελόπη τὸν ἱστὸν, ὃν ὕφαινε θέλουσα τοὺς μνηστῆρας ἐκφυγεῖν, ἐπὶ τὸν τοῦ Ὀδυσσέως ἔμελλε θεῖναι τάφον. —Yf2
TRANSLATION: Whatever gifts for the dead below it is appropriate to produce for my sister, promise all of these. And by using the word ‘ekponein’ (produce by hard work) she indicated that she was going to make some impressive gifts, (namely) robes. For they had the custom of setting out robes on the tombs, just as Odysseus’ wife Penelope too intended to place upon the tomb of Odysseus the woven cloth that she was weaving because she wanted to elude the suitors.
APP. CRIT.: 4 τάφον Matt., αὐτὸν Yf2
APP. CRIT. 2: 4 (both) ὀδυσσέος Yf2, corr. Matt. | μνηστήρας Yf2 |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.64,23–65,2
Or. 122.08 (122–123) (rec wdord) word order α (ἅ δ’), β (δωρήματα), γ (νερτέρων), δ (ἅπανθ’), ε (ἴπισχνοῦ), ϛ (ἐκπονεῖν), ζ (εἰς ἀδ.), η (ἐμὴν), θ (καιρὸς) —MnS
APP. CRIT.: Mn omits marks for δ–θ
Or. 122.09 (122–123) (rec wdord) word order α (δ’), β (ὑπισχνοῦμαι), γ (ἅπανθ’), δ (δωρήματα), ε (νερτέρων), ϛ (ἃ), ζ (ἐκπονεῖν), η (ἐμήν), θ (ἀδελφὴν) —Ab2
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 122.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ἃ δ’ εἰς ἀδελφήν⟩: νενόμισται —VS
POSITION: s.l. (above 123 ὑπισχνοῦ S)
APP. CRIT.: V damaged, uncertain; perhaps ἃ or something else before νενόμ.
COLLATION NOTES: Recheck original V 28r 4th line from bottom. |
Or. 122.19 (rec paraphr) ⟨καιρὸς ἐκπονεῖν⟩: εὐκαίρως βιάζει πονεῖν —SSa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: εὐκαιρῶς p.c. S, εὐκαιρὸς Sa
Or. 122.20 (rec gloss) ⟨καιρὸς ἐκπονεῖν⟩: ὅτε —V3MnRf
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: Rf2 add. ὅτι καιρὸς s.l. at end of line
Or. 122.22 (mosch paraphr) ⟨καιρὸς⟩: καιρὸς ἐστὶν ἁρμόδιος δηλονότι —XXaXbT+YYfGrZc
POSITION: s.l. except X, prep. to sch. 122.06 X
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Y | ἁρμ. ἐστὶ transp. Y
Or. 122.24 (rec exeg) ⟨καιρὸς⟩: ὅτε εὔκαιρος ἐστὶν —Aa2Pr
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ὅτε added by Aa2 to Aa-gloss εὔκαιρος (cf. 122.25) | ἐστὶν om. Aa2,
Or. 122.29 (thom gloss) ⟨καιρὸς⟩: ἁρμόδιον, πρέπον —ZZaZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἁρμόδιον om. Gu
Or. 122.31 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καιρὸς⟩: ἀπαιτεῖ —V3B3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: λείπει prep. B3a
KEYWORDS: λείπει
Or. 123.04 (thom paraphr) ⟨νερτέρων δωρήματα⟩: ἤγουν ἃ δωροῦνται οἱ ζῶντες τοῖς νεκροῖς —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.65,3–4
Or. 123.06 (rec gloss) ⟨νερτέρων⟩: νεκρῶν —OV1AaAbCrFKPrRSSaOxZuB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ τῶν prep. CrOx, τῶν prep. KSZu, καὶ prep. F
Or. 123.07 (mosch paraphr) νερτέρων: τῶν κάτω ἤγουν τῶν νεκρῶν —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc
LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν τῶν νεκρῶν om. Zc, ἤγουν τῶν om. G
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.65,3
Or. 123.08 (rec gloss) ⟨νερτέρων⟩: νεκροῖς —Ab2SSa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: faint undeciphered word after this in Ab (uncertain whether part of same gloss)
Or. 123.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δωρήματα⟩: ἐκεῖνα, ἤγουν ἅτινα νενόμισται τοῖς νεκροῖς ποιεῖν —Zu
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 124.09 (pllgn gram) ⟨σπεῦδ’⟩: σπεύδω τὸ τρέχω ἐπὶ σώματος, σπουδάζω ἐπὶ ψυχῆς —Y2
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: vocabulary, definitions and distinctions
Or. 125.03 (recThom gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: λίαν —Aa3AbCrGKSOxZmGuB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrSOx
Or. 125.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάχιστα⟩: συντόμως —OxZl
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: διασυντόμως Zl (corruption of λίαν συντ.?)
Or. 125.08 (recMoschThom gloss) τῆς πάλιν: τῆς εἰς τοὐπίσω —VAbKPrRSSaXXaXbYYfGZcZZaZbZlZmZuT*Gu
LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. T, καὶ prep. S | τῆς om. AbKPrRSaZZaZbZlZmZuGu
APP. CRIT. 2: τὸ ὀπίσω Ab |
Or. 126.01 (pllgn exeg) παρυπογράφεται τήν τε ἀναχώρησιν τῆς Ἑλένης καὶ τὴν Ἑρμιόνην ἀπερχομένην ἐν τῷ τάφῳ καὶ λέγει, ὦ φύσις. —Yf2
TRANSLATION: She (Electra) indirectly indicates both the retreat of Helen indoors and Hermione going off to the tomb and says ‘o nature’.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.65,28–30
KEYWORDS: staging, position or gesture of actors
Or. 126.02 (rec exeg) ὦ φύσις ἐν ἀνθρώποισιν: 1τὸν τρόπον λέγει καὶ τὴν ἑκάστου γνώμην. 2ἢ φύσιν τὴν εὐμορφίαν. —VAaMnRaRbRwSSa
TRANSLATION: (By ‘phusis’) she means the character and sense of judgment of an individual. Or by ‘phusis’ she means beauty of form.
LEMMA: (with ‑οισι) VRw, ὦ φύσις ἐνο̅ι̅σι Aa, ὦ φύσις others REF. SYMBOL: VAaRbSa
APP. CRIT.: 1 τὴν om. Rb | 2 φύσις Aa
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.110,5–6
Or. 126.03 (vet exeg) ὦ φύσις ἐν ἀνθρώποισιν: 1οἱ μέν φασι συνωνυμεῖν τῇ μορφῇ καὶ τῇ δομῇ, 2οἱ δὲ τὴν εὐπρέπειαν τοῦ σώματος καὶ τὸ κάλλος, 3οἱ δὲ τὸν τρόπον καὶ τὴν φύσιν ἑκάστου, 4ὡς μέγα κακὸν ὁ φαῦλος τρόπος καὶ ἐπιβλαβής ἐστι τοῖς κεκτημένοις καὶ πάλιν ἐπωφελής ἐστι τοῖς καλῶς κεκτημένοις. —MBCPr, partial VCAaRaRbRwSSaYf2
TRANSLATION: Some say that that (‘phusis’ here) is synonymous with shape and bodily form, some with the comeliness of the body and beauty, others with the character and nature of the individual, since bad character is a great evil and harmful to those who possess it, and conversely (character) is beneficial to those who possess it in a fine way.
LEMMA: MBCPr, ὦ φύσις MnRaRbSSa REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: s.l. Yf2, cont. from sch. 126.02 VAaRw
APP. CRIT.: Ra partially washed out | 1–4 οἱ μέν … κακὸν om. Yf2 | 1 δομῇ] ὁρμῇ B(ὀρ‑)C, δοκιμῆ Mn, ὁράσει Pr | τῆ εὐπρεπεία V | τοῦ κάλλους Aa | 3–4 οἱ δὲ κτλ. om. Pr, jumping to what follows κάλλος in sent. 1 of sch. 127.01 σωτήριόν τε | 3 οἱ δὲ] ἄλλοι δὲ Sa | ἕκαστον Sa | 4 ὡς μέγα κτλ om. VAaMnRaRbRwSSa (see next sch.) | φαῦλος del. Schw., add. κακῶς after first τοῖς | first ἐστι transp. to follow κακόν B | first καὶ om. Yf2 | after first κεκτημένοις add. αὐτὸν Yf2 | ὁ ἀγαθὸς add. before πάλιν B | ἐστι τοῖς καλῶς κεκτημένοις om. B | second ἐστι om. CYf2
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 second τῇ] τὴν Rw | 4 εστιν … ἐστὶν M |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.110,7–11; Dind. II.66,5–9
Or. 126.04 (vet exeg) 1οἱ μὲν τὴν εὐπρέπειαν φασὶ τοῦ σώματος καὶ τὸ κάλλος, 2οἱ δὲ τὸν τρόπον καὶ τὴν φύσιν ἑκάστου, 3ὡς μέγα κακὸν ὁ φαῦλος τρόπος καὶ ἐπιβλαβὴς τοῖς κεκτημένοις καὶ πάλιν ἐπωφελής τοῖς καλῶς κεκτημένοις. —H
TRANSLATION: Some say that that (‘phusis’ here) is the comeliness of the body and beauty, others with the character and nature of the individual, since bad character is a great evil and harmful to those who possess it, and conversely (character) is beneficial to those who possess it in a fine way.
COLLATION NOTES: Check new images when available; looks like ἐπιβλαπὴς on Daitz image. |
Or. 126.05 (rec paraphr) ὡς μέγ’ εἶ κακὸν: καὶ τοῖς μὲν κακῶς χρωμένοις ἐπιβλαβής ἐστι, τοῖς δὲ καλῶς κεχρημένοις ἐπωφελής. —VAaMnRaRbRwSSa
TRANSLATION: And it (‘phusis’) is harmful to those who make bad use of it, but beneficial to those who use it well.
LEMMA: all (but not punct. as sep. from note in some) POSITION: cont. from 126.03, without mark of new scholion
APP. CRIT.: μὲν om. Rb | χρωμένοις … καλῶς om. Aa | after χρωμένοις add. ταύτη MnRaSSa | ἐπιβλαβές Rw | κεχρημ. om. MnSSa | ἐπωφελές Rw |
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐπιβαβής Rb, ἐπιβλαβῆς S, ἐπιβλάβης Mn | ἐπωφελῆς S |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.110, app. at 10–11; Dind. II.66, app. at 5
Or. 126.06 (thom exeg) ⟨ὦ φύσις⟩: 1ἰδοῦσα ἡ Ἠλέκτρα τὴν Ἑλένην τεμοῦσαν μὲν ἄκρας τὰς τρίχας, σώζουσαν δὲ τὸ πρόσθεν κάλλος, ἀποτείνεται πρὸς τὴν φύσιν καὶ λέγει ταύτην εἶναι σωτήριόν τε τοῖς κεκτημένοις καλῶς αὐτὴν καὶ βλαπτικὸν τοῖς μὴ οὕτως. 2καὶ ἡ Ἑλένη φυσικῶς οὖσα κακὴ, εἰ καὶ ἔδοξε ποσῶς τὴν ἀδελφὴν θρηνεῖν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἀποκεκοφέναι τὰς τρίχας, ἀλλὰ πανούργως τοῦτο πεποίηκεν, 3ἐξ ὧν ἄκρας αὐτὰς ἔτεμε τοῦτο πιστωσαμένη. 4εἰ γὰρ κατ’ ἀλήθειαν ἐθρήνει, πάντα τὸν πλόκαμον ἔδει τεμεῖν. 5καὶ ταῦτα μὲν οὕτως. 6οἱ δὲ λέγοντες φύσιν τὸ κάλλος οὔ μοι δοκοῦσι λέγειν εὐλόγως. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: Electra, seeing that Helen cut the tips of her hair but preserved her previous beauty, makes an apostrophe to nature and says it (nature) is salvific for those who possess it well and harmful to those who do not do so. And Helen, being by nature vicious, even if she seemed to some extent to mourn for her sister, and for that reason to have trimmed her hair, even so did this in a cunning way, because she cut the hairs at the tip giving proof of this. For if she truly were mourning, she ought to have cut off all her tresses. And this is how to take this passage. Those who say that ‘phusis’ here means beauty do not seem to me to speak with good justification.
REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZl
APP. CRIT.: 1 τεμοῦσαν] τιμῶσαν Zb | πρόσθεν] ἔμπροσθεν Zl | αὐτὴν καλῶς transp. Z, αὐτὴν om. Za | 5 οὗτος Z | 6 δοκοῦσι τοῦτο ZZa | λέγειν om. ZbZl |
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀποτίνεται ZbZl | 2 πανοῦργος ZaZm (‑ως s.l. Za) | 6 δοκοῦσιν ZbZl |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.65,15–24
COLLATION NOTES: For 1 βλαπτικὸν Ta has σωτή / βλαπτικὸν (because in T βλαπτ. is right under σωτήριον). |
KEYWORDS: Thomas critical of another view | πανοῦργος/πανούργως
Or. 126.07 (pllgn exeg) ὦ φύσις: 1φύσις διχῶς λέγεται, καὶ ἐπὶ καλοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ φαύλου. 2ἔχει τις φύσιν καλὴν ὅστις ἔνι ἀγαθὸς, ἥμερος, πρᾶος, δίκαιος. 3ἔχει καὶ ἕτερος φύσιν κακὴν ὁ κλέπτης, ὁ μοιχὸς, ὁ πόρνος, ὁ ἄδικος. 4τοῦτο ἡ Ἠλέκτρα λέγει ἐνταῦθα· 5ὦ φύσις ὡς καὶ λίαν μέγα κακὸν ὑπάρχεις ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις· 6τοῖς γὰρ κακῶς τὴν φύσιν χρωμένοις ἀνθρώποις, μέγα κακὸν ὑπάρχεις, 7σωτήριόν τε πρᾶγμα ὑπάρχεις τῷ κεκτημένῳ καλῶς αὐτὴν, ἤγουν ἐπωφελὴς ὑπάρχεις τῷ καλῶς χρωμένῳ αὐτὴν. —Y2Yf2
TRANSLATION: ‘Phusis’ is spoken of in two ways, both applying to good and applying to bad. A person has a fine nature if he is good, gentle, mild, just. Another person has a bad nature, (for example) the thief, the adulterer, the pimp, the unjust man. This is what Electra says here: O nature, how, that is, (‘hōs’ used in the sense) excessively, great an evil you are among humans, for to those people who use their nature in a bad way, you are a great evil, and you are a salvific thing for the one who possesses it well, that is, you are beneficial to the one who uses it well.
LEMMA: Y2
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἡ φύσις Yf2 | λέγεται] λαμβάνεται Yf2 | 2 καλὴν] καλεῖ Y2 | ἔνι] ἐστὶν Matt. (but ἔνι is legitimate in late scholia) | 3 καὶ om. Yf2 | ὁ πόρνος om. Y2 | 6 γὰρ] γε Yf2 | 7 first αὐτήν] αὑτήν Yf2 | ἤγουν ἐπωφελὴς κτλ om. Yf2 |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.65,30–66,4
COMMENT: Note the use of the acc. instead of dat. with χρώμενοις in 6–7 (see also e.g. sch. 126.22, as opposed to the more ‘correct’ version 126.23).
COLLATION NOTES: Cross prefixed in Yf, Turyn 59 proposes that this is Planudean. One hopes that Planudes was more intelligent than the author of this note. |
KEYWORDS: Planudes | Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 126.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φύσις⟩: {ἢ} τὴν φύσιν ⟨λέγει⟩ ἤγουν τὴν εὐμορφίαν ἢ τὸν τρόπον —F
REF. SYMBOL: F POSITION: marg.
Or. 126.12 (rec gloss) ⟨φύσις⟩: εὐμορφία —V1AaCrPrMnRSSaOxB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ὦ prep. R, καὶ prep. CrOx, app. ἤτοι prep. Mn
Or. 126.21 (rec exeg) ⟨ὡς μέγ’ εἶ κακόν⟩: λείπει τοῖς κεκτημένοις κακῶς. —Pr
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: λείπει
Or. 126.24 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: λίαν —AbCrPrMnXXaXbYYfGGrZcZZbZlZmZuT*Ox
POSITION: s.l., except Pr below the word (space above full)
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx, ἢ prep. Zu
Or. 127.01 (vet exeg) σωτήριόν τε τοῖς καλῶς κεκτημένοις: 1πολλοὶ γὰρ τὸ κάλλος ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ ἑαυτῶν καὶ τῆς πατρίδος ἐκτήσαντο, 2ὧν ἐστιν εἷς ὁ Γανυμήδης παρὰ θεοῖς εἶναι ἀξιωθεὶς καὶ ἵπποις ἀθανάτοις κοσμήσας τὴν θρεψαμένην. 3καὶ Ἀμυμώνη δὲ διὰ τὸ ἴδιον κάλλος τὸ ἄνυδρον Ἄργος πολύυδρον ἐποίησε διὰ τῆς ἐπιμιξίας τοῦ Ποσειδῶνος. —MBVCPraPrbRw, partial H
TRANSLATION: For many persons possessed their beauty for the salvation of themselves or their country. One example of these is Ganymede, who was deemed worthy to be among the gods and adorned with immortal horses the country that raised him. And also Amymone because of her individual beauty caused (her country) waterless Argos to become rich in water through her intercourse with Poseidon.
LEMMA: MC, σωτήριόν τε τοῖς καλῶς VRw(τῆς κακῶς), ἄλλως· σωτήριόν τε B, σωτήριόν τε HPrb POSITION: between sch. 128.01 and 129.09 M, after 129.09 Prb, after 149.01 Rw; Pra is incomplete version cont. from sch. 126.02
APP. CRIT.: 1 πολλοὶ … κάλλος om. Pra | γὰρ om. Prb | τῆς om. HVRw | 2–3 ὧν ἐστιν κτλ om. H | 2 ἐστιν εἷς] εἷς ἐστι καὶ BPra | εἷς om. Prb | ὁ om. BPrb | εἶναι] V, om. others | ἵππους ἀθανάτους Prb | κοσμῆσαι B, κοσμήσειν Prb, κομίσας Pra | τῆ θρεψαμένη Prb | 3 καὶ ἡ ἀμυμ. BVPraRw | second τὸ om. Pra | ἄργος] πέλαγος Pra |
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 γαννυμήδης VCPraPrbRw | 3 ἀμυμόνη MRw, ἀμύμων Pra | ἐποίησεν MB |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.110,13–17; Dind. II.66,11–15
Or. 127.02 (vet exeg) ⟨σωτήριόν τε⟩: πολλοὶ γὰρ διὰ τὸ κάλλος εὐεργέτησαν τὰς πατρίδας. —M
TRANSLATION: For many have benefitted their native land because of their beauty.
POSITION: between sch. 126.03 and 128.01 M (punct. as sep., but no lemma)
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.110,12; Dind. II.66,9–10
Or. 127.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σωτήριόν τε⟩: Φρύνη ἔσωσε τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἑαυτῆς πατρίδα τῷ Φιλίππῳ συμμιγεῖσα. —B3a
TRANSLATION: Phryne saved her own native city by having intercourse with Philip.
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: TLG citations of Phryne do not offer any such anecdote. Phryne, a 4th-century courtesan from Thespiae, was famous for having several statues of her that were dedicated. One anecdote says that Hyperides saved her from a guilty verdict in a trial by exposing her breasts to the jurors; another says that she offered to rebuild the walls of Thebes after Alexander’s destruction if she were allowed to have an inscription on the wall saying she restored what he destroyed. This story is an autoschediasm or a misremembering of the story about the walls of Thebes.
Or. 127.07 (mosch gloss) ⟨σωτήριόν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ σωτηριῶδες —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZcAa2B3a
POSITION: s.l.(B3a under line), except X
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ] XXbT, om. others
Or. 127.10 (rec exeg) ⟨κεκτημένοις⟩: γρ. κεχρημένοις —OAaAbPrRG
POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ab
APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. OPrG | καὶ add. before κεχρημ. Aa
APP. CRIT. 2: κεχρωμ‑ Ab |
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 128.01 (vet exeg) εἴδετε παρ’ ἄκρας: 1τὸ εἴδετε ἀντὶ τοῦ ἴδοι τις ἂν, ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 3.220] ‘φαίης κε ζάκοτον’ καὶ [Hom. Il. 4.223] ‘ἔνθ’ οὐκ ἂν βρίζοντα ἴδοις’. 2ἔνιοι δέ φασι ταῖς δμωσὶ ταῦτα λέγειν. 3οἱ δὲ πρὸς τὸ θέατρον, ὃ καὶ ἄμεινον. 4ἐφελκυστικὸς γάρ ἐστιν ἀεὶ μᾶλλον τῶν θεατῶν ὁ ποιητὴς, οὐ φροντίζων τῶν ἀκριβολογούντων. —MBVCMnPrRaRbSSa
TRANSLATION: The word ‘eidete’ (‘did you see’) is equivalent to ‘idoi tis an’ (‘one might see’), as (the Homeric phrases) ‘you might say (he was) mightily angry’ and ‘there you would not see him dozing’. Some say that she addresses this to the servant-women, others say it is directed to the audience, which is indeed better. For the poet is always rather inclined to draw in the audience, showing no regard for those who are fussy about details.
LEMMA: MBC, εἴδετε Rb REF. SYMBOL: MBRbSa
APP. CRIT.: Ra largely washed out | 1 ἴδετε V, εἴδε S | ἴδη Pr | φαίας V | after ζάκ. add. τέ τιν’ ἔμμεναι B(ἔμεναι)Pr | καὶ ἔνθ’ … ἴδοις om. MnSSa, app. Ra | καὶ] καὶ τὸ BPr | ἔνθ’ οὐκ ἂν om. V | βρίθοντα V | ἴδης PrRb | 2 φησι VRaRb | δμωσὶ] B, δμωῆσι MVC(‑ῇσι) [Ra], δμώαισι Rb(τμω‑)MnSa, δμωέσι S, δμωΐοις Pr | 3 πρὸς] φησι V | ὃ] ὅτι V, perhaps Ra, οἳ Rb | 4 ἐφελκυστικὸν MC, ‑ικῶς Mn | γὰρ om. Sa | ὁ ποιητὴς transp. after ἐστιν MnRaRbSSa | μᾶλλον ἀεὶ transp. V [Ra] | ἀεὶ] αἳ Rb[Ra], καὶ MnSSa | ὁ] ὡς C | ἀκριβολογουμένων M |
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 κεν M | ζάκουσον Pr | ἔνθ’] ἔντ’ Pr | βρύζοντα Rb | 4 θεάτων Rb |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.110,18–22; Dind. II.66,17–67,2
KEYWORDS: addressee identified | dramatic technique of Euripides
Or. 128.02 (vet exeg) ⟨εἴδετε παρ’ ἄκρας⟩: 1ἴδοι τις. 2ἔνιοι δέ φασι ταῖς δμώαισι ταῦτα λέγειν, 3ὃ ἄμεινον. —H
TRANSLATION: One might see. Some say she says this to the servant-women, which is better.
Or. 128.03 (mosch exeg) ⟨εἴδετε παρ’ ἄκρας⟩: 1ἐθεάσασθε πῶς κατὰ τὰς ἄκρας ἀπέκοψε τὰς τρίχας φυλάσσουσα τὸ κάλλος. 2οὐ κατ’ ἐρώτησιν δὲ, ἀλλ’ ἀποφαινομένη ταῦτα λέγει. —XXaXbT+YGrZc
TRANSLATION: You observed how she cut off her hair at the tips, preserving her beauty. For she says this not as a question, but affirming it.
POSITION: s.l. Zc
APP. CRIT.: 1 second τὰς om. G | 1–2 φυλάσσουσα κτλ om. Zc | 2 ἀποφαινόμενος G
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.67,4–6
Or. 128.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨εἴδετε παρ’ ἄκρας⟩: ἐθεάσασθε κατὰ τὰς ἄκρας —XXaXbT+YYfGGrAa2
POSITION: s.l., except X
APP. CRIT.: κατὰ τ. ἄ. om. T | ἄκρας om. G
Or. 128.07 (thom exeg) ⟨εἴδετε⟩: πρὸς ἑαυτὴν τοῦτο λέγει. —ZmGu
TRANSLATION: She says this to herself.
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: addressee identified
Or. 128.08 (vet gloss) ⟨εἴδετε⟩: ἴδοι τίς ἄν —HMnSSaB3a
POSITION: s.l., except marg. B3a
APP. CRIT.: τι app. B3a | ἄν om. HB3a
COLLATION NOTES: Check original B, perhaps faint trace of a sigma? |
Or. 128.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἴδετε⟩: καὶ θεάσασθε —CrMnOxZu
LEMMA: εἴδετε in text Zu, εἴδετ’ Mn, a.c. Cr; ἴδετ’ in text Ox, p.c. Cr POSITION: s.l.
Or. 128.17 (rec exeg) ⟨παρ’ ἄκρας⟩: ἐπὶ· π(ερι)ττόν —V1
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: This apparently means that παρ’ could be glossed with ἐπί (‘to the extent of’?) or considered to be superfluous.
KEYWORDS: περισσός/περιττός
Or. 128.19 (thom exeg) ⟨παρ’ ἄκρας⟩: 1τὸ παρά τοῦ παρ’ ἄκρας καὶ τὸ ἀπό τοῦ ἀπέθριξε ταὐτόν ἐστι· 2τὸ γὰρ ἄκρας αἰτιατική ἐστιν. 3ἢ γενικὴν νοητέον, ἵν’ ᾖ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄκρου αὐτὰς ἔτεμεν. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: The ‘para’ of ‘par’ akras’ and the ‘apo’ of ‘apethrixe’ convey the same meaning, for the word ‘akras’ is accusative. Alternatively, one should consider it genitive, so that the sense is ‘she cut them from the tip’.
REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm
APP. CRIT.: Parts of Zl illegible, last word lost to trimming.
APP. CRIT. 2: ταυτόν ἐστιν Za |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.67,6–9
Or. 128.23 (vet exeg) ὡς ἀπέθρισε τρίχας: ὡς ἐν τῇ σμικρότητι τῆς ἀφαιρέσεως μηδὲν ἀπολείποι τοῦ ὑγιοῦς. —MVC
TRANSLATION: In order that by the small extent of the removal she would not at all fall short of the normal (unspoiled) state (of her hair).
LEMMA: C, 129 ἔστι δ’ ἡ πάλαι γυνή V REF. SYMBOL: (to 129) V POSITION: intermarg. M
APP. CRIT.: μὴ δὲ V | ἀπολείποι Mastr. (after ἀπολίποι Schw.), ἀπολείπει MC, ἀπολίποιτο V
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.111,1–2; Dind. II.67,2–4
Or. 128.24 (vet exeg) ὡς ἀπέθρισε τρίχας: ὡς ἐν τῇ σμικρότητι τῆς ἀφαιρέσεως μηδὲν ἀπολείπειν τοῦ ὑγιοῦς μηδὲ τῷ κάλλει λυμήνασθαί τι —BPr
TRANSLATION: So as, by the small extent of the removal, not at all to fall short of the normal (unspoiled) state (of her hair), nor to cause any damage to her beauty
LEMMA: B (ἄλλως in marg.), ἄλλως ὡς ἀπέθρισε τρίχας Pr
APP. CRIT. 2: μικρότητι Pr | μὴ δὲ BPr |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.111,1–2; Dind. II.67,2–4
Or. 128.26 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ὡς⟩: πῶς —AaKMnXXaXbYYfGGrZZmZuT
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: prep. ἢ Zm, καὶ prep. AaMn
COLLATION NOTES: No cross in TTa, but T may have once had one (there appears to be an erasure here). |
Or. 128.28 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπέθρισεν⟩: ἀπεθέρισεν —OGK
LEMMA: ἀπέθριξε in text GK POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: in O only ε s.l. above θρ to convey this | -ισε GK (as in text) |
Or. 128.30 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἀπέθρισε⟩: ἀπέκοψε —Aa2F2RRfSaXXaXbT+YYfGGrB3a
LEMMA: ἀπέθριξε in text GTz POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: -ψεν R |
Or. 128.31 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπέθρισε⟩: ἔκοψε —V1CrMnPrSOx
LEMMA: ἀπέθριξε in text all except V POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. V1CrOx
Or. 129.01 (rec gloss) ⟨σώζουσα⟩: ἔχουσα —AaAbCrMnPrRSSaOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrSOx | πάλιν add. Sa
Or. 129.02 (mosch gloss) σώζουσα: φυλάσσουσα —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZcAa2F2ZlB3a
LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT. 2: φυλάσουσα Y, φυλάττουσα F2ZlB3a |
Or. 129.09 (vet exeg) ἔστι δ’ ἡ πάλαι γυνή: 1ἤτοι πονηρὰ, ἢ τὰ αὐτὰ φρονοῦσα ἃ καὶ πρότερον· 2τοῦ γὰρ εἶναι εὔμορφος ἐπιμελεῖται. 3ἐλέγχει δὲ αὐτὴν ὅτι οὐδὲ τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασι σεσωφρόνισται, ἀλλ’ ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἤθεσι μεμένηκεν. —HMBVCAaPrRaRbSa, partial YY2
TRANSLATION: That is, she is bad, or has the same cast of mind as previously. For she is careful about being beautiful in appearance. And she (Electra) criticizes her (Helen) because not even by her wrongful actions has she been chastened, but she has continued in the same character traits.
LEMMA: B(τ’)AaPrMnSSa, ἔστι δ’ ἡ πάλαι Rb, lemma ἡ πάλαι γυνή MC, ἄλλως V REF. SYMBOL: MBRbSa POSITION: s.l. YY2
APP. CRIT.: 1–3 (ἤτοι om.) πονηρὰ ἢ … φρονοῦσα written by Y, ἃ καὶ … ἐλέγχει αὐτὴν added by Y2 | 1 ἃ καὶ om. Pr | 2 τοῦτο γὰρ BPr | εὔμορφον MCY2; above εὔμορφος something illegible in H (εὐμορφίας?) | 3 ὅτι οὐδὲ κτλ] om. Y2, ὡς μὴ δέπω[ H, the rest lost | οὐδὲν Aa | τοῖς ἁμαρτήσασι AaS | σεσωφρόνηται AaRa, perhaps a.c. Rb, either this or ‑ησται a.c. Mn | αὐτοῖς om. MBCAaPrSa [H] |
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 φρονεῖσα Pr | 3 ἐλλέγχει MnS | μεμένηκε MCPr |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.111,3–6; Dind. II.67,10–13
Or. 129.10 (thom exeg) ⟨ἔστι δ’ ἡ πάλαι γυνή⟩: 1τὸ ‘ἔστιν ἡ πάλαι γυνὴ’ ἢ κατὰ μορφὴν νοητέον, ἡ αὐτή ἐστι καὶ νῦν ἥτις καὶ πρὸ τοῦ τὰς τρίχας ἀποκόψαι καὶ οὐδ’ ὁτιοῦν ἠλλάττωται τὸ κάλλος αὐτῆς, 2ἢ κατὰ προαίρεσιν, ὅτι ἡ αὐτή ἐστι καὶ νῦν ἥτις καὶ πρώην καὶ οὐδὲν ὑπὸ τῶν κακῶν σεσωφρόνισται. —ZZaZb(Zl)ZmTGu
TRANSLATION: The phrase ‘she is the same woman of old’ is to be interpreted either in reference to her physical appearance: she is the same woman even now as she was before cutting her hair, and her beauty has not been reduced in the slightest. Or in reference to her approach to life, that she is the same even now as previously and she has not been at all chastened by her troubles.
REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZl POSITION: cont. from sch. 128.19 ZmTGu, add. δὲ
APP. CRIT.: note lost to damage and trimming Zl (ref. symbol at text indicates its original presence) | 1 ἡ repeated before γυνὴ Gu | second ἡ] ἤγουν ZmGu | 2 σεσωφρόνησται Za, σεσωφρόνηται Z
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.65,24–28
Or. 129.12 (mosch gloss) ἔστι δ’: οὐκ ἠλλάχθη —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZcAa2
LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. X, καὶ prep. Aa2
APP. CRIT. 2: ἠλάχθη ZcAa2 |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.67,14
Or. 129.14 (rec exeg) ⟨ἡ πάλαι γυνή⟩: ἤγουν πρὸ τοῦ κόπτειν τὰς ἄκρας τρίχας —AbMnPrSSa
POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ab (cont. from prev.)
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Ab | πρὸ τοῦ κόπτειν] προκόπτειν Sa | πρὸ] πρὸς S, om. Pr | ἄκρας om. Pr
Or. 129.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἡ πάλαι γυνή⟩: ἢ κατὰ τὴν αὐτὴν μορφὴν ἢ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον —B3a
POSITION: marg.
Or. 130.02 (thom exeg) ⟨θεοί σε⟩: λάθρα τοῦτο εἶπε. —ZZaZbZlZmTGuOx2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: εἶπεν TGu |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.67,15
KEYWORDS: staging, delivery of lines
Or. 130.04 (rec gloss) ⟨σε⟩: τίνα —CrSOx
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Apparently an indication that this is the acc. object; cf. sch. 217.03.
Or. 130.09 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ὥς⟩: ὅτι —AaAbCrF2V3KMnPrRSSaOxXXaXbYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmZuT*
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: Ta omits cross. |
Or. 131.01 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨τόνδε⟩: τὸν Ὀρέστην —V1AaAbCrMnSSaXXaXbT+YYfGGrZZaZlZcOxB3a
POSITION: s.l., cont. from next CrOx
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. V1AaAbMnSa |
Or. 131.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τόνδε⟩: τοῦτον —CrF2Ox
POSITION: s.l. (with prev. appended CrOx)
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 131.03 (vet exeg) πᾶσάν θ’ Ἑλλάδα: 1τὸ κατὰ μέρος εἰποῦσα ἐπήνεγκε τὸ καθόλου· 2ὡς Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 1.255–256]· ‘ἦ κεν γηθήσαι Πρίαμος Πριάμοιό τε παῖδες / ἄλλοι τε Τρῶες’. —MBVCPr, partial H
TRANSLATION: After mentioning the individual she added the overall group: like Homer, ‘Truly Priam would rejoice, and Priam’s children and other Trojans’.
LEMMA: MBC(δ’)Pr(ἅπασαν), καὶ τόνδε πᾶσάν θ’ ἑλλάδ() V REF. SYMBOL: MBV POSITION: marg. H
APP. CRIT.: 1 τὰ κατὰ V | 2 ὡς κτλ om. H | ὡς καὶ ὅμ. BVPr, ὥσμηρος C | γηθήσῃ BPr, γηθῆ() V | ἄλλοι τε τρῶες om. Pr |
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἦ κεν] ἧκε C, ἧκεν V, εἴ κεν Pr |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.111,7–9; Dind. II.67,16–18
KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)
Or. 131.06 (131–135) (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὢ τάλαιν’ ἐγώ⟩: 1ἰδοῦσα ἡ Ἠλέκτρα τὸν χορὸν τῶν Ἀργείων γυναικῶν ἐλθόντα ἐπισκέψασθαι τὸν Ὀρέστην, καὶ φοβηθεῖσα μή πως ἐγεροῦσιν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου, διακόψασα τὸν λόγον ὃν περὶ τῆς Ἑλένης ἔλεγε μετὰ λύπης λέγει ‘ὢ τάλαινα ἐγώ’. 2αἱ φίλαι ξυνῳδοὶ, ἤγουν αἱ συνθρηνοῦσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ, αὖ καὶ πάλιν πάρεισι καὶ προσέρχονται, ὡς φαίνεται δὲ ὅτι καὶ πρῶτον ἐκεῖ ὑπῆρχον. 3ἴσως ἠρεμοῦντα τὸν Ὀρέστην μεταστήσουσι καὶ διεγεροῦσιν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου ἀπό τε τῆς ὁμιλίας καὶ τοῦ κτύπου τῶν ποδῶν αὐτῶν· 4ἐπεὶ γὰρ πλῆθος ἦν, θόρυβον ἔμελλε ποιῆσαι εἰσερχόμενον· 5καὶ εἰ ἐγεροῦσιν αὐτὸν, ἐκτήξουσι τὸ ἐμὸν ὄμμα ἐν τοῖς δακρύοις· 6ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἔβλεπεν αὐτὸν δαιμονιζόμενον καὶ πάσχοντα, κλαίειν ἔμελλεν ὡς ἀδελφή. —Yf2
TRANSLATION: Electra, noticing that the chorus of the Argive women has come to check on Orestes and having become afraid that they will somehow arouse him from his sleep, after breaking off the remark that she was making about Helen, says with anguish ‘o wretched me’. The friendly sharers of (my) song, that is, those who lament with me, again and for a second time are present and approach, and as it seems (‘again’ is used) because previously too they were present there. Perhaps they will disrupt Orestes in his rest and arouse him from sleep by their conversation and the noise of their footsteps. For since it was a large group, it was likely to create a loud noise in entering. And if they will cause him to stir, they will make my eye melt with tears. For since she saw him afflicted by the divinities and suffering, she was likely to cry for him, being his sister.
APP. CRIT.: 2 δὲ not printed by Matt.; perhaps to be deleted | 3 διεγείρουσι Yf2, corr. Dindorf | 5 ἐγειροῦσιν Yf2, corr. Matt.
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ὠ Yf2 | 3 ἡρεμοῦντα Yf2 |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.67,19–68,2
COLLATION NOTES: Yf2 with cross. |
Or. 131.07 (131–139) (pllgn exeg) 1θεασαμένη Ἠλέκτρα τὰς ἐρχομένας γυναῖκας ὡς ἐπ[ι]σκεψομένας ταύτην τε καὶ τὸν Ὀρέστην καὶ φοβηθεῖσα μὴ [ὑπὸ] τῶν ποδῶν αὐτῶν κτύπου ἔξυπνος γέ[νηται ὅτε(?)] ἐν ἠρεμία ἡσύχαζεν, (?)ἔπ[ειτα(?)] πρὸς αὐτὰς εἶπεν· 2ὦ φίλ[αι], μετὰ πάσης ἡσυχίας ἔρχεσθε [καὶ] μηδὲν ὅλως θορυβεῖτε [μηδὲ κτυ]πεῖτε· ἐπειδὴ φιλικῶς [ἔχω] πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 3ἐὰν δὲ ταράξ[ητε τὸν] Ὀρέστην, ὡς ἐχθρὰς ἀφείω(?)[a few letters, or blank?] ὑμᾶς, εἰ ἀπὸ τούτου ἐπ..[ —Zl
TRANSLATION: Electra, having seen the approaching women, coming to check on her and Orestes, frightened that he might be awakened by the noise of their footsteps [when(?)] he was resting peacefully, then(?) said to them: Friends, approach with utter quiet and do not make any noise at all nor stamp your feet, since I am disposed as a friend toward you. But if you disturb Orestes, I dismiss(?) you as enemies, if from this man/action you/he …
REF. SYMBOL: Zl
COMMENT: At the end there are traces of two letters after pi, then there should be only a few more letters lost before the end of note, hardly room for a second-person verb plus object; so a third-person verb is perhaps more likely (e.g., ἐπεγ[ερθῇ]?). |
Or. 131.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ὢ τάλαιν’ ἐγώ⟩: ἰδοὺ διαλέγεται πρὸς τὰς δμωίδας. —Pr
POSITION: marg.
KEYWORDS: addressee identified
Or. 131.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὢ τάλαιν’ ἐγώ⟩: ἐν ἤθει ὁ λόγος. —Zu
TRANSLATION: The speech (is uttered) with emotion.
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: ἐν ἤθει
Or. 131.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τάλαιν’ ἐγὼ⟩: ἀθλία ὑπάρχω —CrOxZl
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 132.01 (vet exeg) ⟨αἳ δ’ αὖ πάρεισι⟩: κατὰ τὸ σιωπώμενον ἔρχονται αἱ γυναῖκες ἰδεῖν τὸν Ὀρέστην πῶς ἔχει, καὶ ἐθεάσατο αὐτὰς. —M
TRANSLATION: During the pause in delivery the women come to see how Orestes is doing, and Electra caught sight of them.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.111,10–11; Dind. II.68,3–4
COLLATION NOTES: Schw. ascribes this to C as well as M, but this is a slip. Sch. 131.03 starts at the bottom of 14v and is completed in the first line of 15r, and sch. 140.07 follows it. No interlinear or intermarg. notes are written near 132, and fire has not damaged any notes on this page of C. |
KEYWORDS: staging, position or gesture of actors | τὸ σιωπώμενον
Or. 132.02 (vet exeg) αἳ δ’ αὖ πάρεισι: κατὰ τὸ σιωπώμενον ἔρχονται αἱ γυναῖκες ἰδεῖν τὸν Ὀρέστην πῶς ἔχει, καὶ θεασαμένη αὐτὰς ταῦτα φησὶ. —BPr
TRANSLATION: During the pause in delivery the women come to see how Orestes is doing, and Electra, having caught sight of them, says this.
LEMMA: BPr REF. SYMBOL: B
APP. CRIT.: ταῦτα om. Pr
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.111,10–11; Dind. II.68,3–4
KEYWORDS: staging, position or gesture of actors | τὸ σιωπώμενον
Or. 132.03 (rec exeg) ⟨αἵδ’ αὖ πάρεισι⟩: τοῦτο λέγει βλέπουσα τὸν χορὸν ἐρχόμενον. —SSa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: χορὸν om. Sa
KEYWORDS: staging, position or gesture of actors
Or. 132.07 (rec gloss) ⟨αἵδ’⟩: αὗται —Ab2CrF2MnROx, perhaps Zl
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: faint traces in water damage Zl | καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 132.09 (mosch gloss) ⟨πάρεισι⟩: παραγίνονται —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZcAa2Zu
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Zu | V3 app. wrote παρα, but erased it without finishing the word | -γίνεται Aa2Y (‑ονται Aa3) |
Or. 132.10 (thom gloss) ⟨πάρεισι⟩: ἔρχονται —ZZaZbZmTGuCrOx, perhaps Zl
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: faint traces in water damage Zl | καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 133.01 (recMosch gloss) ⟨φίλαι⟩: προσφιλεῖς —Aa2Ab2MnRSSaXXaXbT+YYf2GGrZc
POSITION: s.l. except X (with 133.05 appended)
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. S
Or. 133.05 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ξυνῳδοί⟩: συνθρηνήτριαι —V3Aa2FRfXXaXbYYfGrZcZaZlZmZuT*B2/3a
POSITION: s.l. except X (cont. from 133.01)
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. FZu
Or. 133.10 (moschThom gloss) ⟨τάχα⟩: ἴσως —XXaXbYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmZuT*
POSITION: s.l.; a second instance in marg. X (with 133.15 appended)
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Zu
Or. 133.12 (rec gloss) ⟨μεταστήσουσ’⟩: ἐγείρουσι —AaAbCrMnPrRSOx
POSITION: s.l. except under line Pr
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
APP. CRIT. 2: -σιν R [S] |
Or. 133.13 (rec exeg) ⟨μεταστήσουσ’⟩: ἐρχόμεναι δὲ μετὰ ψόφου —Pr
Or. 133.15 (moschThom gloss) ⟨μεταστήσουσ’⟩: μετακινήσουσιν —XXaXbYYfGGrZcZaZbZlZmT*F2
POSITION: s.l. except X (cont. from 133.10)
APP. CRIT.: -σι ZaZbZlZmTZc
Or. 134.01 (rec gloss) ⟨τόνδ’ ἡσυχάζοντ’⟩: τὸν ἀδελφόν μου —AbMnPrSSa
POSITION: s.l. (misplaced above 133 ὕπνου Pr)
APP. CRIT.: τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ (om. μου) Pr
Or. 134.02 (recThom gloss) ⟨τόνδ’ ἡσυχάζοντ’⟩: ἤγουν τὸν Ὀρέστην —V1SaZZaZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. SaGu
Or. 134.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἡσυχάζοντ’⟩: ἠρεμοῦντα —F2Y2Yf2ZlOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Ox
Or. 134.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐκτήξουσ’⟩: τὸ τήκω ἐκ μεταφορᾶς τῶν †δερμάτων —Pr
POSITION: marg.
COMMENT: Compare Sch. Aesch. Prom. 526b ἐκ μεταφορᾶς τοῦ κηροῦ· τὸ γὰρ τήκεσθαι κυρίως ἐπὶ κηροῦ καὶ τῆς χιόνος λέγεται. Perhaps δερμάτων is a corruption of διαρρυέντων, although that would not give a sense with much explanatory force.
KEYWORDS: μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς
Or. 134.10 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἐκτήξουσ’⟩: δαμάσουσι —AaAbMnPrRSSaZZaZb2ZlTGuY2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. SSa | δαμάξουσι Ab, δαμα Sa (i.e. δαμά(ξουσι)?) |
APP. CRIT. 2: -σιν MnRSZl |
Or. 134.11 (mosch exeg) ἐκτήξουσ’: ἐκτακῆναι ποιήσουσιν, ἀντὶ τοῦ διαρρυῆναι —XXaXbT+YYfGGrAa2
TRANSLATION: (‘Ektēxousi’ means) “they will cause to melt’, used in the sense (cause) ‘to flow’.
LEMMA: ἐκτήξουσιν T POSITION: s.l. except XT
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ διαρ. om. Aa2 | ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἤγουν G
Or. 135.01 (rec gloss) ⟨δακρύοις⟩: ἐν τοῖς —CrF2SYf2Ox, perhaps Zl
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: trace in water damage in Zl | τοῖς om. F2S
Or. 135.08 (rec gloss) ⟨μεμηνότα⟩: μαινόμενον —AaCrFPrZb2Ox
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrFOx |
APP. CRIT. 2: μενό‑ Aa |
Or. 136.01 (136–139) (pllgn paraphr) 1προσφωνεῖ τὸν χορὸν μετὰ σιγῆς εἰσέρχεσθαι, λέγουσα· 2‘ὦ φίλταται γυναῖκες, ἐν ἡσύχῳ ποδὶ χωρεῖτε καὶ ὁρμᾶτε ἐνταῦθα καὶ εἰσέρχεσθε. 3μὴ κτυπεῖτε καὶ κτύπον ποιεῖτε, μὴ δὲ ἔστω ἐν ἡμῖν κτύπος. 4ἡ γὰρ σὴ φιλία πρευμενὴς μὲν καὶ προσφιλὴς καί ἀγαπητὴ ὑπάρχει, ἤγουν θέλω ὅπως ἐστὲ ἐνταῦθα καὶ παρηγορεῖτε μοι, 5ἀλλὰ πάλιν ἐὰν εἰσέλθετε καὶ ἐξεγείρετε τοῦτον ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου, συμφορὰ καὶ θλίψις γενήσεται ἐν ἐμοί’. —Y2Yf2
APP. CRIT.: 1 προσφωνεῖ … λέγουσα om. Y2 | 3 κτύπος ἐν ἡμῖν transp. Yf2 (ἡμῖν changed to ὑμῖν) | 4 θέλ() Y2, θέλει Yf2 | 5 ἀλλὰ] καὶ Y2 |
APP. CRIT. 2: 3 μὴ δ’ Yf2 |
COLLATION NOTES: No cross Yf. |
Or. 136.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ὦ φίλταται γυναῖκες⟩: προσεκτικῶς μετὰ ἤθους προενεκτέον τὸν λόγον —VAbMnPrRRbSSa
TRANSLATION: The utterance is to be pronounced attentively (carefully?), with emphasis.
LEMMA: 135 δακρύοις ἀδελφόν V(prep. ἄλλως, half erased)Rb REF. SYMBOL: VRb POSITION: s.l. at 136 Pr, s.l. at 135 SSa, s.l. (προσ. μετὰ above 135, ἤθους πρ. above 134) Mn; marg. Ab(beside 133–4)R(beside 134–135)
APP. CRIT.: μετὰ om. R | προενεκτέον V, προσενεκτέον MnPrR(app. ‑ενεγκτέον)RbS, προσεκτέον Sa, app. προσεκτικῶς corr. to ‑κὸς? Ab |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.111,12–13; Dind. II.68,9–10
COMMENT: It is unclear to what this observation originally applied (Schw. printed it with V’s lemma 135 δακρύοις ἀδελφόν). Pr seems to reflect the proper position, since ‘attentively’ seems not to apply effectively to anything in 134 or 135, or even to the whole speech from 131 ὦ τάλαιν’ ἐγώ, whereas the comment might reflect a concern that in addressing the chorus and insisting on their not making noise Electra needs to be careful with how she herself speaks (compare the concern in Arg. 2c). On the possible senses of μετὰ ἤθους, see Nünlist 254–256, Kroll 1918. | One should also bear in mind that προσεκτικῶς could simply be a corrupt doublet of προσενεκτέον, the common corruption of προενεκτέον.
KEYWORDS: μετὰ ἤθους
Or. 136.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἡσύχῳ ποδὶ⟩: δι’ ἡσύχου ποδός —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZcAa2
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ποδός om. TZc
Or. 136.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἡσύχῳ ποδὶ⟩: ἤγουν μετὰ ἡσυχίας πορεύεσθε —Zl
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: -σθαι Zl
Or. 137.01 (rec gloss) ⟨χωρεῖτε⟩: ὁρμᾶτε —V1CrF2MnOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrMnOx |
APP. CRIT. 2: -ται Mn |
Or. 137.03 (rec gloss) ⟨χωρεῖτε⟩: εἰσέρχεσθε —PrY2Yf2Zu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἐνταῦθα add. Zu
APP. CRIT. 2: -σθαι Zu |
Or. 137.04 (pllgn exeg) ἐκ παραλλήλου μὴ ψοφεῖτε μὴ δὲ ἔστω κτύπος. —B2
POSITION: marg.
KEYWORDS: ἐκ παραλλήλου
Or. 137.05 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ψοφεῖτε⟩: κτυπεῖτε —AaF2PrXXaXbT+YYfGrZcZZaZlOx
POSITION: s.l., except X
APP. CRIT.: μὴ prep. F2Y, ἤγουν μὴ prep. Ox, καὶ prep. Pr, γράφεται prep. Aa
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 137.07 (rec gloss) ⟨κτυπεῖτε⟩: ψοφεῖτε —GMnRf2
LEMMA: κτυπεῖτε in text GMn, a.c. Rf POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: γράφεται μὴ σοφεῖτε (sic) Mn
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 137.08 (rec gloss) ⟨μηδ’ ἔστω κτύπος⟩: μὴ κτυπεῖτε —Rf2Zb2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Rf2
Or. 137.14 (rec gloss) ⟨κτύπος⟩: τίς —Sa
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: One could print the indefinite here (which scribes sometimes intend even when they place an accent on τις), but it is possible that the interrogative is intended: for the interrogative as gloss marking the case of a word, cf. e.g. sch. 138.15.
Or. 138.05 (vet exeg) ⟨πρευμενὴς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ πραεῖα προσφιλὴς πραϋμενής. —HMC
TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘gentle’, ‘friendly’, ‘kindly’.
POSITION: marg. H, intermarg. M, s.l. C
APP. CRIT.: πραϋμενής om. H
APP. CRIT. 2: ambig. whether accent πραϋμένης or ‑μενής M |
Or. 138.06 (rec exeg) ⟨πρευμενὴς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ πραεῖα προσφιλὴς εὐμενής. —VRb
LEMMA: φιλία Rb REF. SYMBOL: Rb
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. V
Or. 138.07 (rec gloss) ⟨πρευμενὴς⟩: πραεῖα —Aa2CrMnRRfSSaOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx | πραείαν Mn
APP. CRIT. 2: πραεία SSa |
Or. 138.08 (recMosch gloss) ⟨πρευμενὴς⟩: πραεῖα καὶ εὐμενής —OXXaXbT+YYfGGrZcAa3B2
POSITION: s.l., except X
APP. CRIT.: καὶ om. YZc | Aa3 adds καὶ ἐυμ. to Aa2’s πραεῖα | ὑπάρχει add. G |
Or. 138.14 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀλλ’ ἐμοί⟩: γρ. ἀλλ’ ὅμως —Ab
POSITION: marg.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 138.16 (rec wdord) word order α (ἐμοὶ), β (γενήσεται), γ (συμφορὰ) —Mn
Or. 139.01 (rec gloss) ⟨τόνδ’⟩: ἤγουν τὸν Ὀρέστην —AaRfSa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν τὸν om. Rf
Or. 139.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐξεγεῖραι⟩: ἀναστῆσαι —Y
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀναστῆναι Y
COMMENT: Emendation is necessary unless the commentator mistakenly believed the compound ἐξεγείρω could be intransitive ‘awaken’ on the basis of the usage of the imperative of the simplex (ἔγειρε = ‘rise up, wake up’).
|
Or. 140.01 (140–165) (tri metr) [ἡμέτερον:] σῖγα: 0τὰ ἑξῆς ταῦτα εἴδη καλεῖται ἀλλοιόστροφα. εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ κατὰ σχέσιν. τῆς παρούσης οὖν στροφῆς τὰ κῶλα ιγʹ. καὶ τὰ τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς τοσαῦτα. ἐφεξῆς γὰρ κεῖται ἡνωμένη καὶ οὐκ ἐκ διαστήματος. 1τὸ αʹ ἀσυνάρτητον ἐκ τροχαϊκοῦ ἰθυφαλλικοῦ καὶ ἰαμβικῆς βάσεως ἐχούσης τὸν αʹ πόδα ἀνάπαιστον. 2τὸ βʹ ἴαμβος τρίμετρος ἀκατάληκτος. 3–4τὸ γʹ καὶ δʹ παιωνικὸν ἡμιόλιον ἐκ παίωνος δʹ καὶ ἰάμβου. 5τὸ εʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν μονόμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον καθαρόν. 6τὸ ϛʹ ὅμοιον δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον ἐξ ἐπιτρίτου αʹ καὶ παίωνος γʹ καὶ συλλαβῆς. ἐν δὲ τῷ τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς κώλῳ ἀντίσπαστον ἔχει καὶ ἰωνικὸν ἀπ’ ἐλάττονος. 7τὸ ζʹ ἰωνικὸν ἀπὸ μείζονος τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐξ ἰωνικοῦ διιάμβου καὶ μολοττοῦ ἢ κρητικοῦ. τὸ δέ γε τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς κῶλον πεντασύλλαβον ἔχει τὸν διίαμβον. 8τὸ ηʹ ἐπιωνικὸν ἀπὸ μείζονος τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἐκ παίωνος δʹ καὶ ἰωνικοῦ καὶ δύο συλλαβῶν ἀδιαφόρων. 9τὸ θʹ ἰαμβικὸν ἑφθημιμερὲς καθαρόν. 10τὸ ιʹ ὅμοιον δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ χορείων. 11τὸ ιαʹ ὅμοιον δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον ἐξ ὁμοίων ποδῶν. 12τὸ ιβʹ ὅμοιον δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἐξ ὁμοίων ποδῶν. 13τὸ ιγʹ ἰωνικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐκ παίωνος δʹ διιάμβου καὶ κρητικοῦ ἢ δακτύλου. ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει ἀμφοτέρων παράγραφος. —T |
1140=153 ‒⏑‒⏑‒⏑,⏑⏑‒⏑‒ |
TRANSLATION: These following metrical forms (scil. of the whole lyric 140–207) are called ‘consisting of dissimilar strophes’ (scil. divided between two voices into more than two subsections), and they are in responsion as well. Now then, the present strophe has thirteen cola, and those of the antistrophe are the same number. For they are positioned as one sequence in succession and not at a distance. The first colon is compound, formed from a trochaic ithyphallic and an iambic metron with first-foot anapaest. The second colon is an acatalectic iambic trimeter. The third and fourth cola are one-and-a-half-measure paeonic lines consisting of a fourth paeon and iamb. The fifth colon is a hypercatalectic antispastic monometer of pure form. The sixth is a hypercatalectic dimeter of the same (scil. antispastic) kind, composed of a first epitrite and a third paeon and a syllable. But in the corresponding colon of the antistrophe it has an antispast and an ionic a minore (scil. followed by a syllable). The seventh colon is a catalectic ionic a maiore trimeter composed of an ionic, a double iamb, and a molossus or a cretic. The corresponding colon of the antistrophe, however, has its double iamb with five syllables (scil. because of a resolved long). The eighth colon is a brachycatalectic epionic a maiore trimeter composed of a fourth paeon, ionic, and two indifferent syllables. The ninth colon is a pure iambic hephthemimer (i.e., one and three-quarters iambic metra). The tenth is an acatalectic dimeter of the same (scil. iambic) type made of chorei. The eleventh is a hypercatalectic dimeter of the same (scil. iambic) type made of the same feet (scil. chorei). The twelfth is a brachycatalectic dimeter of the same (scil. iambic) type made of the same feet (scil. chorei). The thirteenth is a catalectic ionic trimeter composed of a fourth paeon, double iamb, and a cretic or dactyl. At the end of both (strophe and antistrophe), a paragraphos.
LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. lost to damage (τρικλινίου in marg. Ta); σῖγα once T (twice Ta)
APP. CRIT.: 8 ἐπι ἰωνικὸν T, ἰωνικὸν Ta
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.10,7–11,2; de Fav. 46
COMMENT: Triclinius uses the term ἐπιωνικός to refer to a colon in which an ionic measure is preceded by some form of iambic, whereas when an initial ionic is followed by an iambic measure he uses the term ἰωνικός. For the former, see Sch. Soph. Aj. 1199, El. 824 Tessier (first colon in both instances). | ἀνομοιόστροφα are defined in Triclinius’ sch. on Hec. 689, where he quotes Hephaestion to the effect that the criterion is the division of the strophe into multiple parts divided between two actors or between an actor and the chorus. If there are only two parts, ἑτερόστροφα is the term applied; if more than two, ἀνομοιόστροφα.
KEYWORDS: ἀνομοιόστροφα
Or. 140.03 (pllgn exeg) ἐπιπαρόδιον μέλος· εἰσερχόμενος γὰρ ὁ χορὸς ἔλεγε τοῦτο. —V3
TRANSLATION: An epiparodian song. For the chorus spoke this while entering.
POSITION: marg.
COMMENT: ἐπιπαρόδιος or ‑διον is not extant elsewhere (not in TLG); it is an obvious formation from ἐπιπάροδος, itself attested once in Pollux 4.108 and four times in Tzetzes, de poematum generibus [in Prolegomena de comoedia] 3, lines 43, 96, 109, 177. The meaning given to it here, however, is autoschediastic, since this is neither a re-entry of a chorus that has temporarily left the orchestra (Pollux’s sense) nor the entry of a second chorus after a first chorus has departed (Tzetzes’ mistaken interpretation).
KEYWORDS: ἐπιπαρόδιον | rare word
Or. 140.04 (pllgn exeg) πρὸς ἑαυτὰς αἱ τοῦ χοροῦ γυναῖκες λέγουσιν. —F
POSITION: marg.
KEYWORDS: addressee identified
Or. 140.07 (vet exeg) σῖγα σῖγα: 1ἠρέμα, ἀψοφητὶ καὶ μετὰ ἡσυχίας. 2πρόσφορος τῷ πάθει ἡ τοῦ ῥυθμοῦ ἀγωγὴ δοχμιάζουσα. —MBVCMnPrRbRwbSa, partial Rwa
TRANSLATION: Quietly, without noise and silently. The melodic sequence of the rhythm, being dochmiac, suits the strong emotion.
LEMMA: B, σίγα σίγα MVCPrRbRwbSa, ἄλλως Rwa REF. SYMBOL: BVSa POSITION: follows sch. 144.01 Rwa (15r), follows sch. 122.01 (itself displaced after sch. 149.01) Rwb (16r)
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἠρέμα … ἡσυχίας om. Rwa | ἡμέρα M | ἀψόφητον MnSa | 2 προσφόρως VMnRwbSa, προφόρως Rb | after πρόσφ. add. δὲ BPr | δογματίζουσα MnSa, om. Pr |
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἡρέμα V |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.111,15–16; Dind. II.68,12–13
Or. 140.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σῖγα σῖγα⟩: ἔστι τὸ σῖγα καὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ σιωπηλῶς. —Zm
LEMMA: σίγα σίγα in text Zm POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: σίγα Zm |
COMMENT: Other scholia on tragedy note this equivalence, e.g. sch. vet. Soph. Trach. 813 Xenis σῖγα ἐπιρρηματικῶς ἀντὶ τοῦ σιωπηλῶς· τουτέστι, διὰ τί οὐδὲν ἀποκρίνῃ πρὸς τὸν Ὕλλον;
Or. 140.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨σῖγα σῖγα⟩: ἐν σιγῇ ἐν σιγῇ —V1RfB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Rf, om. second ἐν σιγῇ
Or. 140.12 (rec paraphr) ⟨σίγα σίγα⟩: ἠρέμα ἠρέμα —AbR
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: second ἠρέμα om. Ab
APP. CRIT. 2: ἡρέμα ἡρέμα R |
Or. 140.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨σίγα σίγα⟩: ἠρέμα σιωπῇ —AaMnSSa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: σιώπα Sa, σιωπᾶ Mn, om. Aa
Or. 140.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σῖγα σῖγα⟩: μετὰ σιγῆς μετὰ σιγῆς ἔρχεσθε δηλονότι. —GGuZc
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: second μετὰ σιγῆς om. GZc | δηλονότι om. G
Or. 140.15 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σῖγα σῖγα⟩: ἠρέμα ἀψοφητὶ μετὰ ἡσυχίας —V3Gu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: μετὰ ἡσυχ. om. V3
Or. 140.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σῖγα σῖγα⟩: μετὰ σιγῆς —AaY2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Aa | μετὰ om. Yf2
Or. 140.17 (rec exeg) ⟨σίγα σίγα⟩: ἀπὸ παρθένων —Ab2
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Apparently this is intended to confirm the ascription of 140–141 to the chorus and reject the ascription to Electra. |
Or. 140.18 (vet exeg) λεπτὸν ἴχνος ἀρβύλης: 1ἀντὶ τοῦ κούφως καὶ ἐλαφρῶς τιθεῖτε τὸν πόδα μετὰ τῆς ἀρβύλης. 2εἰ δὲ γράφεται λευκὸν ἴχνος, ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ ὅλον ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 1.538] ‘ἀργυρόπεζα Θέτις’. —BPr
TRANSLATION: Meaning ‘lightly and nimbly place your foot together with the shoe’. And if the reading is (instead) ‘white footprint’, (the adjective is applied with) the whole (indicated) from the part as in ‘silver-footed Thetis’.
LEMMA: ἄλλως ἴχνος ἀρβύλης Pr POSITION: cont. from 140.07 B, add. δὲ
APP. CRIT.: 1 καὶ om. Pr
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.111,17–19; Dind. II.68,14–16
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 140.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λεπτὸν ἴχνος ἀρβύλης⟩: ἤγουν περιφραστικῶς τὸν πόδα —Zu
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν
Or. 140.20 (mosch exeg) ⟨λεπτὸν⟩: 1εἰ μὲν λευκόν, συνάπτεται τῷ σῖγα σῖγα καὶ λέγεται κατὰ ἀντίπτωσιν οὕτως· 2μετὰ σιγῆς, μετὰ σιγῆς τιθεῖτε τὴν ἀρβύλην τοῦ λευκοῦ ἴχνους ἤγουν τοῦ λευκοῦ ποδός. 3εἰ δὲ λεπτόν, στίζεται μετὰ τὸ σῖγα σῖγα καὶ ἔχει τὸ πᾶν οὕτως· 4μετὰ σιγῆς μετὰ σιγῆς ἔρχεσθε δηλονότι· 5εἶτα λεπτὸν τιθεῖτε ἀντὶ τοῦ ἥσυχον τὸ ἴχνος, ἀντὶ τοῦ τὴν βάσιν, τῆς ἀρβύλης. 6ἔστι δὲ ἀρβύλη εἶδος ὑποδήματος. —XXaXbT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: If the reading is ‘leukon’, it is joined with ‘silently, silently’ and the meaning is as follows, with substitution of one case for another: with silence, with silence place the shoe of the white footprint, that is, of the white foot. If the reading is ‘lepton’, there is punctuation after ‘silently, silently’ and the whole is rendered thus: with silence, with silence, come (understood). Then, place (so that it is) subtle, that is, quiet, the footprint, used instead of the step, of the shoe. ‘Arbulē’ is a species of footwear.
LEMMA: σίγα σίγα G
APP. CRIT.: 1 γρ. λευκὸν prep. X | συνάπτεται τῷ] συντάσσεται τὸ G | σίγα σίγα G | 3 σίγα σίγα G |
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 λευ / λευκὸν G | 3 στήξεται X | 4 δῆλον ὅτι G |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.68,18–24
KEYWORDS: variant readings, both explained
Or. 140.21 (rec gloss) ⟨λεπτὸν⟩: ἀψόφητον —MnRfSSa
POSITION: s.l. except Sa below line (last of page)
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. MnS
Or. 140.22 (rec exeg) ⟨λευκὸν⟩: γρ. λεπτὸν, ἤρεμον —O
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ἥρεμον O |
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 140.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λευκὸν⟩: γρ. λεπτὸν, γυμνὸν —V3
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 140.24 (recMosch exeg) ⟨λεπτὸν⟩: γρ. λευκὸν. —KRXXaXbTYYfGr
TRANSLATION: (For ‘lepton’) the reading ‘leukon’ is found.
POSITION: s.l. except marg. KR
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 140.25 (thom gloss) ⟨λεπτὸν⟩: ποταπὸν ἥσυχον —ZZaZbZlZmT
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: ποταπός arose as an alternative spelling of ποδαπός in the 4th c. BCE. Dictionaries tend to treat it exclusively as an interrogative (or exclamatory) word, but the modern Greek ποταπός is an indefinite (of a certain quality, ποιός rather than ποῖος), and this indefinite sense is attested not only in some scholia of Palaeologan date, such as Sch. Hipp. 421 (V3) ἀλλὰ ἐλεύθεροι καὶ ἄλλοι ποταποὶ καὶ εὐκλεεῖς καὶ ἔνδοξοι οἰκεῖεν τῶν ἀθηνῶν τὴν κλεινὴν πόλιν and sch. Mosch. Phoen. 1019 … περὶ μοῦσαν καὶ ᾠδὴν ἄλυρον καὶ κακόμουσον καὶ ἄλλην ποταπὴν Ἐριννὺν οὐλομένην καὶ φθοροποιόν …, but also a few times in earlier vernacular texts, such as vita Aesopi 32,2 Ferrari, and on an ostrakon of ca. 100–120 CE (ἀντίγραψόν μοι οὖν ἠ ἴλεφες ποταπὰ κρέα = ‘write back to me to say whether you have received meat of any kind’), and in grammatical texts cf. ps.-Hdn. Partitiones 133,3 Boissonade τηλίκον, τὸ ποταπόν; also Diogenes of Babylon fr. 20 apud Diog. Laert. 7.56 διάλεκτος δέ ἐστι λέξις κεχαραγμένη ἐθνικῶς τε καὶ Ἑλληνικῶς· ἢ λέξις ποταπή, τουτέστι ποιὰ κατὰ διάλεκτον. In Abel’s old edition of sch. recentiora on Pindar, the word is always treated as interrogative, which makes sense within some kinds of extended paraphrases, but not necessarily in short glosses. (Presumably Abel added the question mark in most or all of these places.) Smyth also printed ποταπός in the Thomano-Triclinian scholia on Prometheus he published. But other editors of tragic scholia recentiora (e.g. Longo on Soph. OT, Massa Positano on Aesch. Pers.) have not done so. I have so far detected no question marks in any Thoman glosses on Euripides. When used in a short gloss, whether it is taken as interrogative or indefinite, ποταπός is perhaps used to indicate that the word glossed is a descriptive adjective (rather than something else, e.g., an adverbial use?). Sometimes it is used alone, and sometimes with a following specific gloss, as here.
KEYWORDS: Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 140.29 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἴχνος ἀρβύλης⟩: τὸ βάδισμα τοῦ ὑποδήματος —Sa
POSITION: cont. from gloss 140.21 Sa, below line
Or. 140.30 (vet exeg) καὶ ἄλλως: ἴχνος δὲ λέγει τὸν πόδα καὶ ἀρβύλη ἐστὶν εἶδος ὑποδήματος γυναικείου κοίλου καὶ βαθέος. —BPr
TRANSLATION: By footprint he means the foot, and ‘arbulē’ is a species of women’s footwear that is hollow and deep.
LEMMA: Pr POSITION: cont. from sch. 140.18 B
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.111,20 app.; Dind. II.68.16–17
Or. 140.34 (vet exeg) ἀρβύλης: εἶδος ὑποδήματος κοίλου βαθέος γυναικείου. —HMOC
TRANSLATION: Species of hollow, deep women’s footwear.
LEMMA: C POSITION: s.l. O, intermarg. M, marg. H
APP. CRIT.: κοίλου βαθέος γυναικείου] γυναικείου κοίλου H, κοίλου γυναικείου O
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.111.20
Or. 140.35 (recThom exeg) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: εἶδος ὑποδήματος γυναικείου —PrZZaZbZlZmTOx2
TRANSLATION: (‘Arbulē’ is) a type of women’s footwear.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 140.36 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: εἶδος ὑποδήματος γυναικείου ἀπὸ τοῦ ἁρμόζειν καὶ βύειν τοὺς πόδας —Gu
TRANSLATION: (‘Arbulē’ is) a type of women’s footwear, derived from fitting in (‘harmozein’) and stuffing in (‘buein’) the feet.
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.68,28–69,2
COMMENT: See 140.44.
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 140.41 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: καλσάρου —Ab
POSITION: marg.
COMMENT: The word is not in TLG or LBG or Kriaras. It seems to be a borrowing of the Italian noun ‘calzare’, which means ‘footwear, shoe’. Later Greek had already borrowed κάλτιος from Latin calcei; LBG attests κάλτον, κάλτιον, καλσούνιον, and cf. καλτσόνι and κάλτσα in Kriaras.
KEYWORDS: rare word
Or. 140.43 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: καλυγίου —Aa
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: This late Greek/Byzantine word is usually spelled καλίγιον or καλήγιον. Spelling with upsilon is attested in sch. rec. anon. Arist. Nub. 719c, 858b Koster.
Or. 140.44 (rec gram) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: παρὰ τὸ ἁρμόζεσθαι τοῖς ποσὶν ἀρμύλη τις οὖσα. —Pr
POSITION: cont. from sch.140.30 Pr
COMMENT: Cf. Et. Gen. α 1113 ἀρβύλη· εἶδος ὑποδήματος. λέγεται καὶ παρωνύμως· Θεόκριτος (7, 26)· πᾶσα λίθος πταίουσά ποτ’ ἀρβυλίδεσσιν ἀείδει· παρὰ τὸ ἁρμόζεσθαι τοῖς ποσὶν ἁρμύλη καὶ ἀρβύλη; whence Et. Magn., etc.
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 141.01 (vet exeg) τιθεῖτε: 1ποιητικῶς, ἀντὶ τοῦ τιθῶμεν. 2εἰσελήλυθε δὲ ὁ χορὸς κατὰ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν ἔσω. —HBVCAbMnPraRbRwSSaa, partial AbPrbSab
TRANSLATION: (The second-person imperative is used) poetically, instead of ‘let us place’. And the chorus has come inside according to the assumed scenario.
LEMMA: B(ἄλλως in marg.)VRw, ἀλλὰ τιθεῖτε Pr, τιθεῖτε τιθεῖτε Rb, τιθεῖτε μὴ κτυπεῖτε C REF. SYMBOL: VRb POSITION: s.l. AbMnSSaa; marg. HPrb; beneath the line (in lower margin) Sab
APP. CRIT.: 1 ποιητικῶς … τιθῶμεν om. Prb | ποιητικῶς om. Saa | τοῦ om. CSaa | θῶμεν MnRbSaaSab | 2 εἰσελήλυθε κτλ om. Ab, om. or lost to damage Sab | δὲ] γὰρ Saa, om. S | κατὰ τὴν ὑπόθ.] VMnPrRb, om. H, κατὰ ὑπόθεσιν others | ἔσω] ἔνδον BPr, om. MnSSaaPrb, perhaps correctly |
APP. CRIT. 2: εἰσελύληθε Mn |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.111,21–22; Dind. II.69,3–4
COMMENT: Both καθ’ ὑπόθεσιν and κατὰ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν are common expressions. The former is the more common, used especially in philosophers, medical and scientific writers, and writers on rhetoric, where it means ‘by assumption’ or ‘assuming for the sake of argument’ (see the example of καθ’ ὑπόθεσιν τὸ σχῆμα in sch. 288.07). With the article the phrase means ‘in accordance with the assumption already made’ or, in reference to staging, the scenario assumed by the playwright/director in presenting the action. That seems to be the sense here, as also in sch. Med. 112 κατὰ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν εἰσῆλθον οἱ παῖδες, ἡ δὲ πρεσβῦτις οὖσα ἔξωθεν ἐπιστενάζει, sch. Alc. 233 οὐκ εὖ· κατὰ γὰρ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν ὡς ἔσω πραττόμενα δεῖ ταῦτα θεωρεῖσθαι. | Unless ἔσω/ἔνδον is a secondary addition, this note reflects the view that Orestes and Electra are actually to be imagined to be indoors, probably because of ὑπώροφον in 147, the meaning of which was much disputed: compare the gloss ὑπόσκηνον of V1 (147.37). Without ἔσω, εἰσελήλυθε δὲ ὁ χορός would simply have its standard meaning ‘the chorus has made its entrance (into the orchestra)’.
KEYWORDS: staging, position or gesture of actors | ὑπόθεσις (assumed scenario)
Or. 141.03 (rec gloss) ⟨τιθεῖτε⟩: τιθῶμεν —V3FMnGu
POSITION: s.l.; in V this is beside and above supralinear variant τιθεῖτε of V
APP. CRIT.: καὶ ἂς prep. V3, ἀς prep. Mn
KEYWORDS: Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 141.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τιθεῖτε⟩: ὦ πρόμοι καὶ ὦ βοηθοί —Yf2
POSITION: marg.
COMMENT: This is a rather mysterious annotation: why should Electra be thought to be addressing the chorus, in this situation, as ‘champions and helpers’? The note was written next to 141 when the margin was still empty, and other scholia were added later around it, so it is unlikely to belong to 136 φίλταται.
COLLATION NOTES: Yf without cross. |
Or. 141.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ψοφεῖτε⟩: γρ. τιθεῖτε —VV1K
LEMMA: ψοφεῖτε in text VK POSITION: s.l.; above 140 (first) σίγα V1
APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. VV1 | τιθέστε (sic) V1 (later crossed out)
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 141.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κτυπεῖτε⟩: γράφεται ψοφεῖτε —Aa
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 142.01 (mosch exeg) 1ἄπωθεν τῆς κοίτης ἐπιτείνατε εἰς τὸ ἔμπροσθεν τὴν πορείαν. 2ἄπωθεν κατ’ ἐπίτασιν τῆς εἰς τὸ ἔμπροσθεν πορείας. —XXaXbT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: Far off from the bed extend your movement forward. ‘Far off’ is used to exaggerate the movement forward.
POSITION: s.l. except XT
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἄπωθεν τῆς κοίτης om. G | 2 ἤγουν add. before ἄπωθεν T
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἄποθεν X | 2 ἄποθεν G |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.70,5–7
Or. 142.02 (pllgn exeg) ἰδοῦσα ταύτας ἡ Ἠλέκτρα ἐρχομένας πρὸς τὴν στρωμνὴν τοῦ Ὀρέστου λέγει πρὸς αὐτάς· ἄπο καὶ μακρὰν πρόβατε καὶ ἐξέλθετε ἐκεῖσε καὶ ἀπεκεῖ, ἤγουν ἀπὸ τῆς στρωμνῆς μακρὰν καθίσατε. —Yf2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.70,2–5
COMMENT: ἀπεκεῖ/ἀπέκει is a vernacular word not attested in other scholia currently in TLG.
COLLATION NOTES: Yf with cross. |
KEYWORDS: Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 142.03 (vet exeg) ἀποπρὸ βᾶτ’ ἐκεῖσ’: 1τὸ ὁλόκληρον τούτου τινές φασι τὸ ἀπόπροθι, 2καὶ παρὰ τὸ Ὁμηρικὸν οὕτως ἐξεδέχοντο [Il 7.334] ‘τυτθὸν ἀποπρὸ νεῶν’. —MBVCPrRbRw, partial H
TRANSLATION: Some say that the full version of this word (‘apopro’) is ‘apoprothi’, and they interpreted it thus in line with the Homeric passage ‘a little distant from (‘apopro’) the ships’.
LEMMA: M(ἄποπρο βάτ’ ἐκεῖσε)B(ἄποπρο βᾶτ’ ἐκεῖσε)C(ἄπο πρόβατ’ ἐκεῖσε), ἄλλως· ἀπόπρο μοι VRw, ἄποπρο βᾶσ’ ἐκεῖσε Pr REF. SYMBOL: MB POSITION: s.l. H; after sch. 142.04 VRbRw
APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸ ὁλόκληρον written twice Rw | τινὲς τούτου transp. H(τοῦτο)BPr, τινές om. VRw | φασὶ τινὲς transp. Rb | second τὸ om. HBVPrRb, καὶ Rw | ἀπόπροθεν Rw | 2 καὶ παρὰ κτλ om. H | τὸ add. before παρὰ BRw, p.c. Pr, τῶ add.V, a.c. Pr, τοῦτο add. Rb | παρὰ τὸ ὁμηρικὸν MC, παρὰ τῷ ὁμήρῳ BPrRw, παρ’ ὁμήρῳ VRb | οὕτως om. VRbRw | ἐξεδέχοντο VRb, ἐδέχοντο MC, ἐξεδέχετο Rw, ἐκδέχονται BPr | τυτθὸν om. C | ἀπόπρο νεῶν] ἀπρόπ(ον) τε Pr |
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ὀλόκλ. Rb | 2 ἀπόπρο B, ἀπὸ προ RbRw |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.111,23–25; Dind. II.69,8–10
COMMENT: With some uncertainty, I print what is close to the version of MC on the assumption that B often presents a superficially ameliorated version of a corrupt or misunderstood text. In the B version the postponement of the quotation after the verb is troubling, although this could have resulted from the re-addition of the quotation to a shortened version that dispensed with it. Furthermore, M’s abbreviation for παρὰ τὸ (πτ with αο above the two letters) is one the scribe does not use very often and is likely to have been derived from a heavily abbreviated old source, so that παρὰ τὸ is less likely to be the transposition of an original τὸ παρὰ. |
KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)
Or. 142.06 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἄπο⟩: μακράν —AbF2MnRSSaZZaZbZlZmZuTGuOx2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. S
Or. 142.08 (rec gloss) ⟨προβᾶτ’⟩: πορεύθητε —AaAbCrFMnPrSSaOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrFOx |
APP. CRIT. 2: πρεύθητε a.c. Ab |
Or. 143.01 (vet paraphr) ἀπόπρο μοι κοίτας: πόρρω μοι καὶ χωρὶς τῆς κοίτης γίνεσθε —MBVCMnPrRbRwSa
TRANSLATION: For my sake, please get far from and apart from the bed.
LEMMA: V(κοίτης)Rw, ἀποπρόβατε MnRb(ἀποπροβάτε)Sa(ἄπο πρόβατε), lemma 145 σύριγγος ὅπως πνοά MC REF. SYMBOL: VSa, to 145 σύριγγος M POSITION: precedes 142.03 VRbRw; follows sch.144.01 in MC; intermarg. B, s.l. Pr
APP. CRIT.: σύριγγος prep. MC | πόρρω … κοίτης om. MC | καὶ χωρὶς om. Pr | γίνεσθε] om. BPr, ἀντὶ τοῦ γίνεσθαι M, ἀντιγίνεσθε C | after γίν. add. τὸ δὲ ὁλόκληρον τινὲς ἀπόπροθι VMnRbRwSa (φασὶ τινὲς MnRbSa, ἀπόπροθοι VMnRw) (from 142.03) |
APP. CRIT. 2: πόρρω] χωρ changed to πρόρο, then corr. to πρόρρο Mn | γίνεσθαι MMnRb |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.111,26; Dind. II.69,5–6
Or. 143.02 (vet exeg) ⟨ἀπόπρο μοι κοίτας⟩: 1διαθέσεως δέ ἐστιν ἐμφαντικὸν τὸ μοι, 2ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 19.287] ‘Πάτροκλέ μοι δειλῇ πλεῖστον’. —MBVCMnPrRbRwSa
TRANSLATION: The (dative pronoun) ‘to/for me’ is expressive of a disposition (of interest or concern), as (seen in) the example ‘Patroclus to wretched me most (beloved)’.
POSITION: cont. from sch. 145.09 BPr (Prb version of 145.09), cont. from prev. others
APP. CRIT.: 1 διαλέξεως Sa | δὲ] om. Sa, γὰρ Pr, δὲ ἀπήχησίς MC | ἐστιν om. BVMnPrRbRwSa | ἐμφαντικῶς MVCRw | 2 after ὡς τὸ add. συρίγξεως MC | δειλῇ πλεῖστον om. Sa | δειλοὶ MV, δηλοῖ MnPrRw, δηταὶ app. Rb | πλεῖστον om. BPr |
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 πόρο corr. to πόρρο Mn, after starting to write χώρις | 2 πάτροκλ’ ἐμοὶ B, πρόκλε μοι Pr |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.111,26–112,2; Dind. II.69,6–7
COMMENT: The interpolated words in this and the previous sch. in MC, along with the incorrect lemma in MC, point to a strange conflation with elements of 145.08 and/or 145.09 (and note the placement after 145.09 in BPr).
Or. 143.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄπο πρό⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπόπροθι —ORf
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Rf |
APP. CRIT. 2: ἀπόπροτι Rf, corr. Rfr |
Or. 143.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπόπρο⟩: πόρρω —AbMnRSSaZb2
LEMMA: ἀπόπροθι in text MnSSaZb2 POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: πόρρωθι Sa |
Or. 143.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀπόπρο⟩: ἤτοι ἄπο τῆς κοίτης —V1
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: γίνεσθε πόρρωθεν add. V3
Or. 143.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπόπροθι⟩: γράφεται ἀπόπρο μοι —Mn
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 143.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπόπροθι⟩: καὶ ἀποχωροῦντες πόρρω —Zu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: -χορ‑ Zu
Or. 143.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μοι⟩: τὸ μοι δηλοῖ τὴν οἰκειότητα, ἤτοι τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ μου. —F
POSITION: marg.
Or. 144.01 (vet exeg) ἰδοὺ πείθομαι: 1τοῦτο εἰκὸς ὀξύτερον εἰρηκέναι τὸν χορὸν, διὸ καὶ Ἠλέκτρα περιδεὴς γενομένη εἶπεν ‘ἆ ἆ’. 2φυσικῶς δὲ τὸ ἆ ἆ εἶπε πρῶτον ἐπειδὴ καὶ αὕτη ὑπὸ τῆς φύσεως πρώτη φωνὴ εὕρηται. 3ἀμέλει γοῦν, ἐπειδὰν πλῆθός τι θεάσηται παράδοξον, εὐθὺς οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἀναβοᾷ ἢ τὸ ἆ ἆ τῆς φύσεως ἀγούσης ἐπὶ τοῦτο. 4εἶτά φησι πρὸς τὸν χορόν· 5τοιαύτην πέμπε φωνὴν οἷός ἐστιν ὁ ἦχος σύριγγος καλάμων λεπτῶν ἐν τοῖς ἕλεσιν ἀποτελούμενος. 6οὐ γὰρ τὸ ὄργανον τῆς σύριγγός φησι· 7τοῦτο γὰρ πολύφωνον ὂν καὶ Ἐνδυμίωνα ἐγεῖραι δύναιτ’ ἄν. —MBVCMnPrRbRwSa, partial Ra
TRANSLATION: It is probable that the chorus said this rather shrilly, and for this reason in fact Electra, becoming fearful, said ‘ah ah’. In a natural way she said ‘ah ah’ first since in fact this was the first sound/vowel discovered by nature. Certainly, at any rate, whenever a throng catches sight of something unexpected it immediately shouts out nothing other than ‘ah ah’, nature leading it to this expression. Next, Electra says to the chorus: emit such voice as is the sound of a whistling (syrinx) of slender reeds that is created in marshes. For what she means here is not the musical instrument of the syrinx, for this, being many-voiced, would be able to awaken even Endymion.
LEMMA: MVCMnPrRbSa, ἆ ἆ Rw REF. SYMBOL: MVRbSa POSITION: cont. from sch. 142.03 B, prep. τὸ δὲ ἰδοὺ πείθομαι
APP. CRIT.: 1–3 τοῦτο εἰκὸς … ἐπὶ τοῦτο om. Ra | 1 τοῦτο] om. B, ταῦτ’ Rb, τοῦτο δὲ Pr | εἰκὸς] εἰρηκὼς C | εἰρηκέναι om. Rb | χορὸν] χορνὸν Rb, χρόνον Mn | καὶ ἡ ἠλ. VC | παραδεὴς Rb, πεδεὴς M | γινομένη MRb | τὸ ἆ ἆ] τοῦτο BPr | 2 φυσικῶς … εἶπε om. MnSa | πρῶτον εἶπεν transp. BVPr(πρώην)Rb | ἐπειδὴ] ἐπεὶ Mn | αὕτη] αὐτη app. M, αὐτὴ MnRbSa | ὑπὸ τ. φύσ. πρ. φώνη] πρ. ὑπὸ τ. φύσ. φωνὴ transp. VMnRbSa | πρώτη MnSa (cf. H 144.02), πρῶτον others | φωνὴ] φυσικὴ Pr | εἴρηται MnRbSa | 3 γοῦν] οὖν V | ἐπειδὴ VMnRbSa | πλῆθος om. BPr | τι θεάσηται] τι θεάσηταί τις B, τις θεάσηται τι Pr, τεθέαται VMnRbSa | παραδόξων MC, ‑ξως VMnRbSa | ἆ once Rw | εἰς τοῦτο Sa | 4 εἶτα] ἡλέκτρα Ra | χορὸν] χρόνον Rb | 5 τοιαύτην πέμπε φώνην] οὕτω φώνει μοι MnRaSa, τοιαῦτα πέμπε μοι Rb | πέμπει M, πέμπε μοι V | ὁ om. BVMnPrRbRwSa | ἕλεσιν] σέλεσιν M, ἕλλησιν MnPrRaRbSa | 6 τῆς σύριγγος] σύριγγα BPr | φησι om. Mn | 7 γὰρ] γοῦν Pr | ὂν om. MBCPrRw | τὸν add. before ἐνδυμ. BVMnPrRaRbRw | δύνατ’ ἄν Rb, δυνάμενον MBCPrRw | at end add. ὁ ἐνδυμίας γὰρ ἐκοιμᾶτο χρόνους ξαʹ (or ξδʹ?) Sa |
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἂ ἂ C, ἁ̅ ἁ̅ V | 2 ἂ ἂ C, ἁ̅ ἁ̅ V | 3 ἂ ἂ C, app. α̅ α̅ V | 5 ἐστὶν initially om. by Pr (began ἦ(χος)), but immediately corrected self | 7 πολλύφωνον Mn | τὸν ἐνδυμίονα δυμίαν Mn |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.112,3–11; Dind. II.69,11–19
COMMENT: I have found no parallel for specifying a particular number of years that Endymion slept, as is found in the added final phrase in Sa, ‘for Endymion slept for 61 (or 64?) years’. |
KEYWORDS: staging, delivery of lines
Or. 144.02 (vet exeg) 1τοῦτο εἰκὸς ὀξύτερον εἰπεῖν τὸν χορὸν, διὸ καὶ ἡ Ἠλέκτρα περιδεὴς γενομένη εἶπεν ‘ἆ ἆ’. 2φυσικῶς αὕτη εἶπεν ἐπειδὴ πρώτη φωνὴ ὑπὸ τῆς φύσεως εὕρηται. —H
TRANSLATION: It is probable that the chorus said this rather shrilly, and for this reason in fact Electra, becoming fearful, said ‘ah ah’. In a natural way she said (this) since it was discovered by nature as the first sound/vowel.
POSITION: marg.
COLLATION NOTES: 2 perhaps φυσικῶς δὲ αὕτη H check new images when available; εὕρηται] mostly obscured by overlying text, check new images. |
KEYWORDS: staging, delivery of lines
Or. 144.07 (thom exeg) ⟨ἰδοὺ⟩: ἢ θέασαι ἢ νῦν —ZmGu
TRANSLATION: (To be interpreted as) either (imperative) ‘observe’ or (adverbial) ‘now’.
LEMMA: ἰδου with both grave and circumflex in text Zm, Gu adds circumflex to ἰδοὺ of Gr POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.70,9
Or. 145.01 (mosch exeg) ἆ ἆ: ἐπίρρημα ἐφεκτικόν —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZcB3b
TRANSLATION: Adverb expressive of blocking/stopping.
LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l., except X and marg. B3b
APP. CRIT.: ἐπίρρημα om. B3b |
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐφετικόν Y |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.70,10
COMMENT: Same Moschopulean annotation at 275.03, and again at Or. 1598. The expression is found several times in the younger scholia on Aristophanes. Sch. Mosch. Hec. 1069 has ἐπιφώνημα ἐφεκτικόν (‘interjection expressing blocking/stopping’), which is also attested in the Moschopulean Sch. Soph. OT 1147–48 Longo.
Or. 145.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἆ ἆ⟩: ἐπιφωνητικὸν ἐπίρρημα τὸ ἆ. —B3a
TRANSLATION: ‘Ah’ is an adverb used in interjection.
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The word is attested only in Byzantine authors. Eust. in Il. 2.112 (I.289,23–26) applies λέξις ἐπιφωνητική to νήπιος and σχέτλιος; see also Sch. Opp. Hal. 1.204 μέγ’· διὰ μέσου ἐπιφωνητικοῦ (on the phrase τραφερὴν δὲ μέγ’ ἐχθαίρουσιν ἄρουραν), apparently claiming that μέγ’ does not modify ἐχθαίρουσιν as an adverb (read ἐπιφωνητικόν?).
KEYWORDS: rare word
Or. 145.05 (thom exeg) ⟨ἆ ἆ⟩: ἐκπληκτικὸν ἐπίρρημα —ZmGu
TRANSLATION: An adverb expressing astonishment.
LEMMA: ἆ` ἆ` in text Zm POSITION: s.l.; added to Gr gloss 145.01 Gu, prep. ἢ
APP. CRIT.: ἐπίρρημα om. Gu
COLLATION NOTES: Gu adds this to Gr’s gloss 145.01 |
KEYWORDS: ἐκπληκτικόν/ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως
Or. 145.06 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἆ ἆ⟩: 1τὸ ἆ δηλοῖ θορύβησιν τοῦ νοὸς, καὶ ὄνειδος ἢ ἀγανάκτησιν. 2διαφέρει δὲ τοῦ ὦ ὅτι τὸ μὲν ὦ ἔστι ψυχῆς ἀπαθοῦς· ὦ σύ, τὸ δὲ ἆ ψυχῆς τεθολωμένης σημεῖον. —F
TRANSLATION: The (exclamation) ‘ah’ indicates a disturbance of the mind, and reproach or indignation. It differs from ‘o’ because ‘o’ is the sign of a soul free of emotion (as in) ‘hey, you’, but ‘ah’ a sign of a soul that is roiled.
REF. SYMBOL: F POSITION: marg.
COMMENT: νοός is a late gen. form of νοῦς; the juncture ψυχὴ τεθολωμένη is found a few times in Iamblichus and Christian authors. | Cf. Eust. in Il. 11.441 (III.230.2–6) ἐν δὲ τῷ ‘ἆ δειλέ’, ὅ ἐστιν ‘ὦ δείλαιε’, κλητικὸν ἐπίρρημά ἐστι τὸ ἆ ἢ μᾶλλον προσφωνητικόν. διαφέρει δὲ τῆς διὰ τοῦ ω προσφωνήσεως, ὅτι τοῦτο μὲν ψυχῆς ἀπαθοῦς, τὸ δὲ ἆ πάθος ταραχῶδες δηλοῖ ψυχικόν, ὡς ἔστιν εὑρεῖν πολλαχοῦ, οἷον ἢ σχετλιασμὸν ἢ ὄνειδος ἢ ἀγανάκτησιν, ὡς ἐνταῦθα, ἢ ἔλεον, ὡς κατωτέρω ἐν τῷ ‘ἆ δειλέ, οὐ μέν σοί γε πατήρ’ καὶ ἑξῆς. Cf. Eust. in Il. 17.201 (IV.38.17–21); Eust. was presumably the source of Sch. Aesch. Prom. 566b Herington (NcPPdXc) ἆ ἆ] τὸ ‘ἆ’ κλητικὸν ἐπίρρημά ἐστιν, ἢ μᾶλλον προσφωνηματικόν. διαφέρει δὲ τῆς διὰ τοῦ ‘ὦ’ προσφωνήσεως ὅτι τοῦτο μὲν ψυχῆς ἀπαθοῦς, τὸ δὲ ‘ἆ’ πάθος ταραχῶδες δηλοῖ ψυχικόν· οἷον ἢ σχετλιασμὸν ἢ ὄνειδος ἢ ἀγανάκτησιν.
KEYWORDS: vocabulary, definitions and distinctions | διαφέρει
Or. 145.07 (tri metr) ⟨ἔα⟩: long mark over alpha —T
LEMMA: ἔα in text (for ἆ ἆ) T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 46
Or. 145.08 (vet paraphr) ⟨σύριγγος ὅπως πνοά⟩: ἀπήχησις συρίγξεως. —MC
TRANSLATION: The echoing sound of a whistling.
POSITION: marg. M, s.l. C
APP. CRIT.: ἀπηχήσεως M
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.112,12; Dind. II.70,12
Or. 145.09 (vet exeg) σύριγγος ὅπως πνοά: 1ἀθορύβως φώνει μοι, ὡς πνοὴ συρίγξεως δόνακος. 1οὐ γάρ φησι σύριγγος τοῦ αὐλοῦ· 3οὗτος γὰρ καὶ Ἐνδυμίωνα ἂν ἐγείραι. —HMBVCPraRw, partial Prb
TRANSLATION: Speak to me without disturbing noise, like the breath of the whistling of a reed. For she (or he, the poet) does not mean by syrinx the aulos. For this would awaken even Endymion.
LEMMA: CRw, σύριγγος ὅπως BPra(ἄλλως prep.), ἄλλως in marg. MBC, λεπτοῦ δόνακος V REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: marg. H; after sch. 143.02 MC, after 162.24 Prb
APP. CRIT.: 1 οὕτως prep. V | after ἀθορύβως add. φησι BPraPrb | μοι ὡς] ὥσπερ H | πνοὴ] φωνὴ V | συρίγξεως om. H | 2–3 οὐ γὰρ κτλ om. Prb | οὐ γὰρ … σύριγγος τοῦ] μὴ τ(οῦ) or μὴ γ(ὰρ)(?) H | 3 οὕτως γὰρ M | καὶ om. Pra | ἂν ἐγείραι Schw., ἂν ἐγεῖραι δύναται M, ἐγεῖραι δύναται C, ἀνεγείρει B, ἀνεγάρει Rw, ἐγείρει app. H, ἤγειρεν V, ἐγείλει Pra |
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 φωνεῖ C |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.112,13–15; Dind. II.70,12–14
COLLATION NOTES: Check new image of H when available. |
Or. 145.10 (pllgn paraphr) ἤγουν ἀθορύβως φώνει μοι ὡς φωνὴ σύριγγος ἀπὸ καλάμου γινομένη. —Y2
POSITION: s.l. over 146 Y2
Or. 145.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σύριγγος ὅπως πνοά⟩: συνεκδοχικῶς —B3a
POSITION: marg.
COMMENT: That is, using whole for part, saying syrinx when only a single reed is meant. |
KEYWORDS: synecdoche/συνεκδοχικόν
Or. 145.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σύριγγος⟩: σύριγξ αὐλὸς κατασκευάζεται ἀπὸ λεπτοῦ καλάμου ὦτινι χρῶνται οἱ ποιμένες καὶ ἕτεροι. —Y2
POSITION: marg.
Or. 145.21 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ὅπως⟩: καθὰ —V3AaPrXXaXbT+YYfGGrZcB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep V3
Or. 145.22 (recThom gloss) ⟨ὅπως⟩: ὥσπερ —V3AbCrFMnRSSaOxZZaZlTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 145.24 (pllgn gram) ⟨ὅπως⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ὄντως ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ ὡς —Zu
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The equivalence of ὄντως to ὅπως is not obvious and seems not be to attested elsewhere; perhaps this was a teacher’s way of glossing ὅπως introducing an independent clause with the future indicative.
Or. 145.32 (pllgn gram) ⟨πνοὰ⟩: μέριζε τὴν φωνὴν εἰς τὴν διαφώνησιν ἢ εἰς αὐτὴν τὴν φωνὴν —V3
TRANSLATION: Divide (the senses of) ‘phōnē’ into the sound or the voice itself.
POSITION: marg.
APP. CRIT. 2: μερίζε V3 |
COMMENT: For διαφώνησις see DGE and LBG s.v.
KEYWORDS: rare word
Or. 146.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λεπτοῦ δόνακος⟩: δηλωτικὸν τοῦ προτέρου ἤγουν τῆς σύριγγος —B3a
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 146.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨λεπτοῦ δόνακος⟩: ἡ γενομένη διὰ τοῦ —MnSa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἡ and τοῦ om. Mn
Or. 146.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨λεπτοῦ⟩: †λεγομένου —Zu
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Probably an anagrammatic corruption of γενομένη, with adjustment of the case. Alternatively, from λέγω (cf. 146.08), indicating that λεπτοῦ δόνακος is in apposition to σύριγγος. |
Or. 146.06 (thom exeg) δόνακος: 1δόναξ κάλαμος λεπτὸς ἐν τοῖς ἕλεσι φυόμενος. 2τινὲς δὲ φασὶ τὸ λεγόμενον ἰδιωτικῶς ῥαγάζιον, οὐ καλῶς λέγοντες. 3οὐ γὰρ ἀπὸ τούτου σύριγξ γίνεται. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu, partial Ox2
TRANSLATION: ‘Donax’ is a slender reed growing in marshes. Some people say (it is) what is called in the vernacular ‘rhagazion’, not speaking correctly. For a syrinx is not made from this (plant).
REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlZm
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἕλλησι ZbZl | φυόμνος om. Zl | 2–3 τινὲς δέ κτλ om. Ox2 | 2 δὲ om. Gu | τὸ λεγόμενον perhaps om. Zl |
APP. CRIT. 2: 3 ἄριγξ Zb, σύριξ Zm |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.70,15–17
COMMENT: ῥαγάζιον is also attested in Sch. rec. Arist. Ran. 243–244a Chantry φλέως: εἶδος ῥαγαζίου; see LBG s.v.
KEYWORDS: Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 146.09 (recTri gloss) ⟨δόνακος⟩: καλάμου —Ab2CrF2OxT
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx |
Or. 146.12 (rec metr) ⟨φίλα⟩: long mark over alpha —O
Or. 146.15 (rec paraphr) ⟨φώνει μοι⟩: πρὸς τὴν πληθὺν λάλει. —MnSSa
POSITION: s.l.; S has this earlier in line, above δόνακος ὦ φίλα
Or. 146.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φώνει⟩: οὕτως —GuZu
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: Mn at bottom of fol. 12r, below 146, last line οφ παγε, has the proverb ἀετοῦ γῆρας κορύδου νεότης. |
Or. 147.01 (vet exeg) ἴδ’ ἀτρεμαῖον ὡς ὑπόροφον: 1μικρὸν σὺ, φησὶ, κελεύεις με φωνεῖν, ὡς ψιθυρίζει τῇ τοῦ ἀνέμου πνοῇ κάλαμος· 2ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ ἐλάττονα τούτου φέρω βοὴν ὡς ὑπὸ ὀρόφου γινομένην. 3ὁ δὲ ὄροφος κάλαμός ἐστιν ἀσθενής τε καὶ λεπτὸς καὶ παπυρώδης, 4οὗ μέμνηται καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 24.451]· ‘λαχνήεντ’ ὄροφον λειμωνόθεν ἀμήσαντες’. 5ἐκ τούτων δέ εἰσι καὶ αἱ γλωσσίδες τῶν αὐλῶν. 6ὡς ἀσθενὴς δὲ ἀσθενῆ ποιεῖται τὴν ἀπήχησιν τῷ μὴ ἀνθίστασθαι τῇ βίᾳ τοῦ πνεύματος. —MBVCMnPrRaRb1RwSSa, partial ORb2Y2Yf2
TRANSLATION: You bid me, she says, to speak softly, just as the reed whispers in the breath of the wind. And I bring a cry even softer than this, like one that is made by an orophos-reed. The orophos is a weak and slender and papyrus-like reed, which Homer too refers to: ‘having harvested from the meadow the hairy orophos’. The reeds of auloi are made of these. And since it is weak, it makes a weak reverberation because it does not resist the force of the breath.
LEMMA: MVC(all ὑπώρ‑), ἴδ’ ἀτρεμαίαν ὡς MnRaRb1SSa (ἀτρεμέαν Rb1, a.c. S; all five mss have either no punct. after ὡς or punct. before ὡς, as if ὡς part of note), ἴδ’ ἀτρεμαῖον BPr, [ὑπώ]ροφον Rw, καὶ ἄλλως Rb2 REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb1Sa POSITION: Rb2 is second version immediately after first; follows sch. 147.23 Y2Yf2
APP. CRIT.: 1 τουτέστι prep. Rb2 | μικρὸν] BORwY2Yf2, μικρὰν MC, μικρῶς Pr, om. VMnRaRb1Rb2SSa | σὺ om. Y2Yf2 | φησὶ om. OMnRaRb1Rb2SSa | με] μοι BVMnRRaRb1Rb2SSa, om. O, με corr. to μοι (or vice versa?) Pr | φωνεῖν] φωνὴν (transp. before φησὶ) M, φωνήν C | punct. as if new sch. at ὡς ψιθ. Ra(with ref. symbol)Rb1 | ὡς καλάμου (ψιθ. … πνοῇ om.) O | ὡς om. Rw | τῇ τοῦ ἀνέμου πνοῇ]τῆς τοῦ ἀν. πνοῆς Yf2, ὑπὸ ἀνέμου VMnRaRb1SSa | πνοῇ] κινήσει BPrRb2, φωνῇ C, πνοῆ καὶ κινήσει Rw | 2 καὶ om. MCRw(add. s.l.)Y2Yf2, perhaps O (margin cut) | ἔλαττονα] ἔλαττον MBOCPrRwY2Yf2 | τούτου] VRaSSa, p.c. Mn, τοῦτο Rb1 and a.c. Mn, αὐτοῦ MBOCPrRwY2Yf2, om. Rb2 | φέρω MOC, φέρω σοι others | βοὴν] φωνὴν O, βοάν MnRaSa (η s.l. MnRa) | ὡς] τὴν Rb2 | ὑπορόφου VRaS, ὑπ’ ὀρόφου MnRb1Sa, ὑπὸ ῥόφου Rb2 | γενομένην VRaSa, after γινομένην repeated βοήν Rb2 | 3 punct. as if new sch. begins at ὁ δὲ ὄρ. Mn | ὁ δὲ ὀροφεας V | κάλαμός ἐστιν] λεπτὸς ἐστὶ κάλαμος O | ἐστιν] om. MC, ἐστὶν ἢ Rb1 | τε καὶ λεπτὸς om. Rb2RwY2Yf2, λεπτὸς καὶ om. MBOCPr | παπυρώδως Rb1, πυρώδης M, παπυρώδης ἐς ὀροφὰς ἐπιτήδειος O | 4 οὗ μέμνηται] ὧ χρῶνται εἰς σκέπην ὀσπητίων καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο ὄροφος καλεῖται ὁ ὑπὸ τῶ ὀρόφω (τοῦ ὀρόφου Yf2) καὶ τῆ στέγη ὢν ἐπιτήδειος Y2 Yf2 | οὗ] οὐ Rb1 | καὶ ὅμ. μέμνηται transp. Rb2 | 4–6 καὶ ὅμηρος κτλ] om. Yf2, only καὶ ὅμ. λαχ. ὄροφον λέγει Y2 | 4 τ’ ἀμήσαντες Pr | 5–6 ἐκ τούτων κτλ om. ORb2 (Rb2 cont. with Rb2 version of sch. 149.02) | 5 ἐκ τούτου VMnRaRb1SSa, εἰς τούτων M(app. corr. from εἰς τοῦτον) | εἰσι] γίνονται BPr, ἐστι C | 6 ἀσθενὴς] ἀσθενεῖς VC, ‑ὴς perhaps corr. from ‑εις M | after δὲ add. καὶ VMn | τὴν om. Mn | τῷ μὴ] τὸ μὴ MnPrSa | ἀνίστασθαι Rw | βίᾳ] βοῇ MBCMnPrRaRb1RwS | τὸ πνεῦμα Pr |
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 σοὶ S | before τῆς Yf2 wrote κά (κάλαμος started, not deleted) | 3 λευπτὸς Ra | 4 λαχνείεντ’ C | ἀμείσαντες Rb1Rb2 | 5 δὲ εἰσὶν M | αἰ S | γλωσσῖδες Sa, γλωσσίδαις Mn, γλυσίδες Rb1 | ἀνθίσταθαι M |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.112,16–22; Dind. II.70,21–71,2
COLLATION NOTES: Check original Rw for lemma, damage. |
KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)
Or. 147.02 (vet paraphr) 1μικρόν μοι φησὶ †κελεύειν αδ† ὡς ψιθυρίζει κάλαμος ἀνέμου πνοῇ. 2ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ ἐλάττονα αὐτοῦ φέρω βοήν. —H
TRANSLATION: You command me to sing in a small voice, she says, as a reed whispers at a breath of wind. And I bring on a cry even smaller than that.
APP. CRIT.: 1 corrupt for κελεύεις ᾄδειν?
Or. 147.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ἴδ’⟩: 1ἴδε καὶ ἰδοὺ καὶ θέασαι. 2καὶ τὸ μὲν ἴδε ⟨καὶ⟩ ἰδοὺ φέρω βοὴν ἀτρεμαίαν ὡς καὶ λίαν ὑπώροφον, 3τὸ δὲ ἴδε καὶ θέασαι ὡς φέρω σοι βοὰν πῶς ἀτρεμαῖον ὑπώροφον καὶ μικρὰν. —Pr
TRANSLATION: ‘Look’ (‘ide’) means both ‘there! (behold!)’ and ‘observe’. And the one (gives the sense) ‘look ⟨and⟩ there! I bear a cry that is tranquil inasmuch as it is very indoors-like’. And the other (gives the sense) ‘look and observe how I bear a cry for you, how tranquil, indoors-like, and small’.
POSITION: after sch. 147.32 Pr (both out of order on 16r)
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἰδοὺ] ἴδε Pr | 2 τὸ] τοῦ Pr | ἰδοὺ] ἰδοῦ a.c. Pr |
Or. 147.06 (mosch exeg) ἴδ’: ἐπίρρημα ἀντὶ τοῦ ἰδού —XXaXbT+YYfGrZcB3a
LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἐπίρρημα om. Zc | ἀντὶ τοῦ ἰδού om. B3a
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.70,19–20
Or. 147.11 (mosch paraphr) ἀτρεμαίαν: ἀθόρυβον, οὐ ταραχὴν ἐμποιοῦσαν —XXaXbT+YYfGr
LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: add. λεπτήν Gr
Or. 147.12 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἀτρεμαίαν⟩: ἥσυχον —V3CrF2GL2MnRRfSSaOxZlZmGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOxSa
Or. 147.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀτρεμαίαν⟩: καὶ ἀφόβως —V3
LEMMA: ἀτρεμαῖον in text after corr. V POSITION: s.l.
Or. 147.21 (vet exeg) ⟨ὐπώροφον⟩: 1ὄροφος λεπτὸς κάλαμος εἰς ὀροφὰς ἐπιτήδειος. 2τὴν μὴ διϊκνουμένην ἔξω τοῦ ὀρόφου, ὅ ἐστι βραχεῖαν. —MBC
TRANSLATION: Orophos is a slender reed suitable for thatch-roofing. (The adjective here means) the one that does not extend through and outside the roof, that is, short.
POSITION: intermarg. BC, marg. M
APP. CRIT.: 2 ὑπώροφον οὖν add. before τὴν μὴ B | τὸ μὴ διϊκνούμενον MC
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ὅ ἐστὶν M |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.113,1–2; Dind. II.71,12–14
Or. 147.22 (vet exeg) ⟨ὐπώροφον⟩: ὄροφος κάλαμος ἀσθενὴς καὶ παπυρώδης. —H
TRANSLATION: ‘Orophos’ is a weak and papyrus-like reed.
POSITION: marg.
COLLATION NOTES: Check new images of H, Daitz gave ἐστιν τέ where I see [ἀσθ]ενὴς (ὴς comp.). |
Or. 147.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὐπώροφον⟩: ὄροφος λεπτὸς κάλαμος πρὸς ὄροφον καὶ στέγην οἴκων ἐπιτήδειος. ὑπώροφον δὲ τὴν ⟨μὴ⟩ διϊκνουμένην ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ὀρόφου, ὅ ἐστι βραχεῖαν. —Y2Yf2
POSITION: s.l. Yf; precedes sch. 147.01 in both
Or. 147.24 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὐπώροφον⟩: 1τὸ μὴ διικνούμενον ἔξω τοῦ ὀρόφου ἢ ὡς ψιθυρίζει ὄροφος τῇ τοῦ ἀνέμου κινήσει. 2ὄροφος δὲ κάλαμος ἀσθενὴς μικρὰν ἀπήχησιν τῷ μὴ ἀνθίστασθαι τῇ βοῇ τοῦ πνεύματος ποιῶν. —V3
POSITION: marg.
APP. CRIT.: 2 τῷ] τὸ V3
Or. 147.25 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὐπώροφον⟩: ὄροφος ἐστὶ κάλαμος ἀσθενὴς ἐξ οὗ καὶ οἱ στεγάζοντες τὰς οἰ[κίας] μετωνόμασαν τὰς στέγας ὀρόφους. —F
TRANSLATION: Orophos is a weak reed, from which (word) in fact those who roof over their houses changed the name of roofs (‘stegai’) to ‘orophoi’.
POSITION: marg.
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 147.26 (thom exeg) ὑπόροφον: 1τινὲς φασὶν βοὴν ὑπόροφον τὴν μὴ δυναμένην ἐκτὸς τοῦ οἴκου ἐξακούεσθαι. 2ἄλλοι δὲ ὄροφον λέγουσι λεπτόν τινα κάλαμον παπυρώδη, πιστούμενοι τοῦτο ἐκ τοῦ ἄνωθεν τῆς Ἠλέκτρας λόγου. 3εἰπούσης γὰρ ἐκείνης πρὸς τὸν χορὸν ὦ φίλη φώνει ὥσπερ πνοὴ καὶ ἀπήχησις σύριγγος λεπτοῦ δόνακος, ἀπολογούμενος ὁ χορὸς φησί· 4θέασαι ὅτι φέρω βοὴν ἥσυχον ὑπόροφον, τουτέστι τὴν γινομένην ὑπὸ ὀρόφου. 5μέμνηται δὲ καὶ Ὅμηρος τοῦ ὀρόφου λέγων [Hom. Il. 24.451] ‘λαχνήεντ’ ὄροφον λειμωνόθεν ἀμήσαντα’. 6ἐκ τούτου δὲ τοῦ ὀρόφου ποιοῦσιν οἱ παῖδες αὐλοὺς λεπτὸν ἠχοῦντας καὶ μὴ δυναμένους ἐξακούεσθαι δι’ ἀσθένειαν. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: Some say a ‘huporophon cry’ is one that cannot be heard clearly outside the house. Others say orophos is a sort of slender papyrus-like reed, giving proof of this from the speech of Electra above. For after she said to the chorus ‘o my friend, speak like the breath and echoing sound of the syrinx of a slender reed’, the chorus says in its own defense: ‘observe how I bring a quiet “huporophon” cry’, that is, one created by a reed. Homer too mentions the orophos-reed, saying ‘having harvested from the meadow the hairy orophos ’. And from this orophos-reed children make auloi that make a faint sound and one that cannot be heard (from a distance) because of its weakness.
REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm
APP. CRIT.: 1 τοῦ οἴκου om. Zm | ἀκούεσθαι ZaZmT (ἐξ add. s.l. ZaZm) | 2 ἄλλοι … παπυρώδη rewritten as follows in T (incorporating some of next sch.): ἄλλοι δὲ τὴν ὑπὸ ὀρόφου καὶ λεπτοῦ καλάμου γινομένην. ὄροφον γὰρ λέγουσι καὶ λεπτόν τινα κάλαμον ⟨πα⟩πυρώδη ᾧ χρῶνται εἰς ὀροφὰς ἄνθρωποι | 3 after ἐκείνης add. τῆς ἠλέκτρας ZbZl | ἀπολογούμενος] ἀποκρινόμενος T | χορὸς φασὶν Zb | 4 τουτέστιν γιν. ZbZl | 5 ἀμήσαντες Homer | 6 ποθοῦσιν corr. to ποιοῦσιν Gu | δυνάμενον ZbZmTGu [ending lost in trimming in Zl] | διὰ τὴν ἀσθένειαν Gu |
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 φασὶ ZaZl, φασι Zm | 5 λειμανόθεν Gu | 6 ἡχοῦντας ZZb |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.71,3–12
COMMENT: This is partly adaptated from 147.01.
KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)
Or. 147.27 (thom exeg) ⟨ὑπόροφον⟩: ποταπὴν καὶ μὴ δυναμένην ἐκτὸς τοῦ οἴκου ἀκούεσθαι ἢ τὴν ὑπὸ ὀρόφου καὶ λεπτοῦ καλάμου γινομένην, ᾧ χρῶνται εἰς ὀροφὰς ἄνθρωποι. —ZZaZbZmGu
TRANSLATION: Of a certain sort and not being able to be heard outside the house, or the one that is created by an orophos, that is, a slender reed, which people use for thatch-roofing.
POSITION: s.l. except marg. G
APP. CRIT.: ποταπὴν καὶ] om. ZbGu | ἐκτὸς τοῦ] ἐκτὸς Za, ἐκ τοῦ Zb | ἢ] ἢ καὶ ZbZmGu | ὑπὸ ρόφου Zb | λεπτοῦ] ἐπὶ τοῦ Zb | ᾧ] ὧν Zb | ὀροφὴν Za
COMMENT: On ποταπός see the comment on 140.25.
Or. 147.28 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπόροφον⟩: μὴ δυναμένην ἐκτὸς τοῦ οἴκου ἀκούεσθαι —XaZl
POSITION: s.l. (Xa cont. from 147.11, prep. καὶ)
APP. CRIT.: ἐκτὸς] ἐκ Zl
Or. 147.29 (thom exeg) ⟨ὑπόροφον⟩: ἤγουν ὑπόροφον βοὴν ὡς διὰ λεπτοτάτου δόνακος καὶ μὴ μεγάλως, ἵνα μὴ τόνδε θροήσῃς. —ZZa
TRANSLATION: That is, ‘huporophon cry’ as if (being made) with a very slender reed and not loudly, so that you do not disturb this man.
POSITION: intermarg. Z (cont. from prev), below line Za
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν] βοά Za
Or. 147.30 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπόροφον⟩: καὶ μικρὰν, βραχεῖαν δίκην ὀρόφου, συγκεκλεισμένην τῷ στόματι —Zu
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 147.32 (rec exeg) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: 1ὑπώροφος βοὴ ἡ ὑπὸ ὀρόφου γινομένη. 2ὄροφος δὲ λεπτὸς κάλαμος. 3ἢ ὑπώροφος βοὴ ἡ μὴ ⟨δυναμένη⟩ ἔξω τοῦ ὀρόφου ἀκούεσθαι. —Pr
POSITION: before second version of sch. 145.09 Pr (both out of order, fol. 16r)
Or. 147.37 (rec gloss) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: ὑπόσκηνον —V1
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: ὑπόσκηνον is not attested; it would apparently mean ‘under/inside a shelter’, that is, ‘indoor’. One would expect instead a word like ὑπόστεγον.
KEYWORDS: rare word
Or. 147.38 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: ὑπὸ τοῦ ὀρ[όφ]ου(?) οὖσαν —Mn
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: reading uncertain because of damage
COLLATION NOTES: Check original Mn 12v top margin. |
Or. 147.42 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: καὶ τὴν διὰ καλάμου ἐστεγασμένην οἰκίαν —CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: οἰκείαν Ox
Or. 147.47 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπόροφον⟩: ὄροφος εἶδος καλαμίσκου —Gu
POSITION: below line (space above full)
COLLATION NOTES: Cross preposed. |
Or. 148.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ναὶ οὕτως⟩: ἀποδεκτέον ἔδοξε τοῦτο τῇ Ἠλέκτρᾳ. —V3
TRANSLATION: It seemed to Electra that she ought to accept this (claim made by the chorus).
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 149.01 (vet exeg) κάταγε κάταγε: τὸ κάταγε ἐναντίον ἐστὶ τῇ ἀνατάσει τῆς βοῆς. —MBVCMnPrRbRwSSa
TRANSLATION: ‘Bring down’ (‘katage’) is the opposite of the raising up of the cry.
LEMMA: MC, ἄλλως V REF. SYMBOL: MBSaRb POSITION: between two versions of 149.02 VRb
APP. CRIT.: τὸ κάταγε om. V | ἀναστάσει MVMnRbS, ἄνω στάσει Sa | τῆς βοῆς om. VMnRbSSa |
APP. CRIT. 2: κατάγε Mn | ἐστι CMn |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.113,3–4; Dind. II.72,3
Or. 149.02 (vet exeg) κάταγε κάταγε: 1σημαίνει δὲ τὸ κάταγε ⟨κάταγε⟩ τὸ πρόσελθε πρόσελθε· 2ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ καταγωγαὶ οἱ λιμένες. —HMBVaVbCMnPraPrbRb1Rb2RwSSaZu
TRANSLATION: And ‘bring down, bring down’ (‘katage katage’) means ‘approach, approach’. From this sense also harbors are called places to bring (down) to shore (‘katagōgai’).
LEMMA: MVaC REF. SYMBOL: VaSa; label καταγωγοί add. by later hand in B POSITION: cont. from prev., except B, and before prev. VaRb2, s.l. HPrbZu
APP. CRIT.: 1 σημαίνει δὲ] δὲ καὶ Mn, om. HVaPrbRb2, ἀντὶ τοῦ Zu | τὸ κάταγε MBCPrRb1PraRw, om. others | second κάταγε suppl. Schw. | second τὸ om. HVaPrbRb2RwZu | πρόσελθε twice HMVaC, once others | after πρόσελθε add. σημαίνει Rb2 | 2 ἐξ οὗ Prb | καὶ om. Va | καταγωγοὶ MBCPraPrbRw, s.l. Rb2, κατάγομαι Va | οἱ λιμένες om. VaRb2 |
APP. CRIT. 2: κατάγε C |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.113,4–5; Dind. II.72,4–5
COLLATION NOTES: Check new images of H to confirm it has καταγωγαὶ. |
Or. 149.05 (rec gloss) ⟨κάταγε κάταγε⟩: συγκλίθητι —V
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: συγκλίθητι add. over second κάταγε V3
Or. 149.10 (thom paraphr) ⟨κάταγε κάταγε⟩: κάτελθε καὶ σεαυτὴν φέρε —ZZaZbZlZmT+GuOx2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: κάτατελθε Zb | σεαυτὸν app. Zl
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.72,9–10
COMMENT: The cross in T must be a mistake, since there is no evidence of this note in Moschopulean mss. |
Or. 149.11 (mosch exeg) κάταγε κάταγε: ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς τῶν καταγομένων νεῶν εἰς τοὺς λιμένας —XXaXbT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: (‘Bring down, bring down’ is used) by a metaphor from ships being brought down (to land) in harbors.
LEMMA: T POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τοὺς om. G
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.72,8–9
KEYWORDS: μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς
Or. 149.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρόσιθ’⟩: διὰ τοῦτο διπλάζει τοὺς λόγους, διὰ τὸ σιγηλῶς λαλεῖν πάνυ. —V3
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 149.16 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨first ἄτρεμας⟩: ἡσύχως —V3AaAbCrFRSXXaXbYYfZc ZZaZbZlZmZuT*GuOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. AbCrFSOx | ἤσυχος CrZcZu, s. l. Ox
APP. CRIT. 2: ἠσύχως Ab |
Or. 149.21 (vet exeg) ἀτρέμας ἴθι: 1τῇ ἐπαναλήψει μεμίμηται τὴν ἠρεμαίαν προϊεμένην φωνήν· 2ἅτε γὰρ οὐκ ἐξακουομένη δεύτερον ταῖς αὐταῖς κέχρηται λέξεσι. —MBVCPrRb
TRANSLATION: By the repetition he (the poet) has represented a woman who projects a quiet voice. For as if not being heard clearly she has used the same words again.
LEMMA: MCPrRb REF. SYMBOL: Rb POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B; cont. from sch. 149.02 V (Va version), add. δὲ
APP. CRIT.: 1 τῇ om. MC | τῶν λέξεων add. before ἐπαναλ. VRb | μέμνηται MVCRb | προϊεμένην Rb, ‑μένη others | 2 ἐξακουομένην MVRb | ταῖς αὐταῖς] τοιαύταις V | λέξεσι om. MC
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἡρεμαίαν MV |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.113,6–8; Dind. II.71,20–72,2
COMMENT: I have used the lemma that is transmitted, which is also implied by the intermarg. position in B (which had room to place it a line higher at the level of κάταγε κάταγε), but the note may originally have applied to Electra’s whole phrase from κάταγε … ἄτρεμας ἴθι. | The poet is regularly the subject of μεμίμηται and the like in scholia, and even if that were not the case, the nom. προϊεμένη printed by Schwartz would give an unattested construction.
KEYWORDS: μιμέομαι
Or. 149.22 (recMosch gloss) ⟨second ἄτρεμας⟩: ἡσύχως —F2L2MnRSaXXaXbT*YYfGGrZuOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: -ος written above ‑ως Ox
COMMENT: Triclinius reproduces the cross above used on the first instance of this gloss (149.16), even though the usual Thoman witnesses have only the first instance.
Or. 150.01 (thom gloss) ⟨λόγον⟩: ἀπολογίαν —ZmZuGuL2
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.72,11
Or. 150.03 (mosch gloss) ἀπόδος: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπόκριναι —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc
LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. GZc
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.72,11
Or. 150.13 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐφότι⟩: διὰ τί —V3RRfSaB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. RfSa |
APP. CRIT. 2: διατὶ V3 |
Or. 151.02 (mosch gloss) χρέος: χρείαν —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZcZm
LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. X
Or. 151.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐμόλετέ⟩: καὶ παρεγένεσθε —AaCrMnSSaOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ om. Aa | παρεγενέσθω Mn
Or. 152.02 (vet exeg) χρόνια γὰρ πεσὼν ὅδ’ εὐνάζεται: 1ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπὸ πολλοῦ χρόνου. 2τοῦτο δὲ ἀναφορὰν ἔχει πρὸς τὸ [149] ‘πρόσιθ’ ἀτρέμας’. 3ὁ δὲ νοῦς· χρονίως, ὅ ἐστι διὰ χρόνου, ἐκοιμήθη. —MBVCMnRaRbSSa, partial H
TRANSLATION: (‘Chronia’ is) used for ‘from a long time ago’. And this (the whole sentence) has reference to the phrase ‘approach quietly’. And the sense is: after a time, that is, after an interval, he fell asleep.
LEMMA: V, χρόνια γὰρ πεσὼν C, χρόνια γὰρ Mn(χρονίαν)RaRbSSa, χρόνια M REF. SYMBOL: VRbSa POSITION: marg. M; cont. from sch. 149.02 B, cont. from sch. 149.21 Pr
APP. CRIT.: 1 χρόνια δὲ prep. BV | τοῦ ἀπὸ] om. C, τοῦ διὰ V, τοῦ MnPrRaSSa | πολλοῦ χρόνου] πολὺν καιρὸν Pr | πολλοῦ] παλαιοῦ Ra | 2 δὲ om. Pr | τὸ πρόσιθι ἄτρεμας om. V, leaving blank space, words add. V1 | 3 ὁ δὲ νοῦς κτλ om. H | χρονίως] χρόνος Sa | ὅ ἐστι] ἐστὶ Pr, ὅτι V | ἐκοιμήθην a.c. Mn
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 πρόσιθι BMnPrRaRbSSa |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.113,9–11; Dind. II.72,5–7
Or. 152.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χρόνια γὰρ πεσὼν⟩: πρὸ πολλοῦ χρόνου πεσὼν τῇ νόσῳ ταύτῃ, νῦν ἀναπαύεται. —G
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 152.04 (thom exeg) χρόνια: μόλις, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐ βούλομαι ὑμᾶς ὄχλον αὐτῷ παρασχούσας ἐξαναστῆσαι. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: Barely (is he resting); and for this reason I do not want you to create a disturbance for him and make him wake up.
REF. SYMBOL: Zl POSITION: s.l. except Zl
APP. CRIT.: καὶ om. ZbZl
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.72,12–13
Or. 152.08 (mosch gloss) χρόνια: χρονίως —XXaXbT+YYfGrZc
LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. X
Or. 152.09 (recMosch gloss) ⟨χρόνια⟩: βραδέως —OCrMnSSaGOxXXaXbT+YYfGrZc
POSITION: s.l. except X; cont. from prev. X
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrSOx
Or. 152.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χρόνια⟩: καὶ χρονίως καὶ πολὺν καιρὸν —Zu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: χρονικῶς Zu
COMMENT: If this means ‘that is, after a time and for a long time’. the sense of χρονικῶς is very odd. If it is meant to convey that χρόνιος has two different senses (only one of which applies here), it would be ‘in a temporal sense(?) and for a long time’, but then one wonders why it is not χρονικὰ instead of the adverb.
Or. 152.18 (rec gloss) ⟨εὐνάζεται⟩: κοιμᾶται —V3AaAbCrMnPrRSSaZmOxB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Zm, καὶ prep. V3CrOx
Or. 153.01 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἔχει⟩: διάκειται —XaXbT+YYfGGrZcAa2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: πῶς prep. Aa2
Or. 153.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨λόγου μετάδος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπολογήθητί μοι εἰς τοῦτο ὅπερ σοι ἐρωτῶ —Zu
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 153.06 (rec gloss) ⟨μετάδος⟩: πάρασχε —V1
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: App. a dot in front of this. |
Or. 153.08 (recThom gloss) ⟨μετάδος⟩: ἐμοὶ —RfZZaZmGuB3aOx2
LEMMA: μετάδος μ’ in text ZZa POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: μοι B3a |
COLLATION NOTES: Zl is washed out here, above first line of page. |
Or. 153.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨φίλα⟩: ἤγουν ὦ προσφιλὴς —Ox
Or. 153.11 (rec metr) ⟨φίλα⟩: long mark over alpha —O
Or. 154.01 (tri exeg) ἡμέτερον: 1ἴαμβος χρὴ εἶναι οὗτος ὁ στίχος ὡς καὶ ὁ τῆς στροφῆς. 2διὸ οὕτως ἐγράφη παρ’ ἡμῶν ‘ποίαν τύχαν ποίαν δὲ συμφοράν’, καὶ ἔστι τὸ ποι τὸ δεύτερον κοινὴ συλλαβή. 3διὸ καὶ τὸ παρ’ ἡμῶν ἐπινοηθὲν ἐπὶ ταῖς κοιναῖς συλλαβαῖς ἐπετέθη σημεῖον, ὡς καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις τοιούτοις. —T
TRANSLATION: This verse must be an iambus, just like the one of the strophe. Therefore it has been written by me as follows (scil. with ‘tina’ emended to ‘poian’), and the second instance of (the syllable) ‘poi’ is a koine syllable (scil. here treated as short). This is also why the sign invented by me for the koine syllables has been placed over it, just as in other similar cases.
LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.11,3–7; de Fav. 47
KEYWORDS: Triclinius, emendation by
Or. 154.02 (vet exeg) ⟨τίνα τύχαν εἴπω⟩: τὴν περὶ αὐτοῦ τύχην πότερον ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον ἢ ἐπὶ τὸ ἄμεινον νενευκέναι. —HMBCAaMnRaRbSSa
TRANSLATION: (Am I to say) that his fortune has inclined toward the worse or toward the better?
LEMMA: MCMn(τυγχαν’)RaRbSSa REF. SYMBOL: MSa POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. Aa
APP. CRIT.: τύχαν RbSa, δυστυχίαν Aa, om. S | ποτέρου S | ἢ om. M | ἠμεῖνον M | νένευκε B
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.113,12–13; Dind. II.72,16–17
COMMENT: Note how B’s version smooths the grammar, whereas the transmitted infinitive requires the reader to assume εἴπω from the lemma. |
Or. 154.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τίνα τύχαν εἴπω⟩: τὴν περὶ αὐτὸν εἴπω, τίνα τύχην περὶ αὐτοῦ εἴπω κἂν ἐν κρείττονι μοίρᾳ ἐστὶ κἂν ἐν ἐλάττονι —V3
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 154.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τίνα τύχαν εἴπω⟩: κἄντε ἐπὶ τὸ κρεῖττον ἐστὶ κἄντε ἐπὶ τὸ ἧττον οὐκ οἶδα. —F
REF. SYMBOL: F POSITION: marg.
Or. 154.05 (mosch exeg) ⟨τίνα τύχαν εἴπω⟩: τίνα δυστυχίαν αὐτοῦ εἴπω, ἀπορηματικῶς —XXaXbT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: ‘What misfortune of his am I to speak of?’, as a dubitative question.
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: τίνα om. G | εἴπω αὐτοῦ transp. Yf
APP. CRIT. 2: ἀπορρη‑ XXaTY (not Ta) |
Or. 154.06 (thom gloss) ⟨first τίνα⟩: ποίαν —ZZaZbZlZmGuCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 154.08 (rec gloss) ⟨τύχαν⟩: δυστυχίαν —AbMnPrSSaZuYf2Zc
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. SZu
Or. 154.10 (rec metr) ⟨τύχαν⟩: long mark over alpha —O
Or. 154.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨second τίνα⟩: ὁποίαν νὰ εἴπω —Zu
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 154.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συμφορὰν⟩: θλίψιν —F2Zb2
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: Check original Z, microfilm image suggested trace, but newer image suggests not. |
Or. 154.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συμφορὰν⟩: ἣν πάσχει —Zl
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: Check original Zl 56v 2nd line. |
Or. 156.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨βραχὺ δ’ ἀναστένει⟩: μόλις ἀνασπασμὸν [ποιεῖ(?)] —Zl
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The noun ἀνασπασμός is very rare (see DGE and Kriaras), but appears to be the right interpretation of the faint and damaged word. Here it requires a verb to govern it and the meaning seems to be ‘he with difficulty makes a labored breath’.
COLLATION NOTES: Check original Zl. |
KEYWORDS: rare word
Or. 156.07 (recTri gloss) ⟨ἀναστένει⟩: στενάζει —AbCrMnRSSaYf2TOx
POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ab
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 157.01 (vet exeg) τί φὴς ὦ τάλας: 1οἰκειούμενος τὰς συμφορὰς ὁ χορὸς καὶ συναχθόμενος γεγωνότερον ἀνέκραγε τὸ ‘ὦ τάλας’. 2διό φησιν [158] ‘ὀλεῖς, εἰ βλέφαρα κινήσεις’. —HMBVCMnPrRb, partial AaRaRwSSa
TRANSLATION: Making the misfortunes their own and sharing in the grief, the chorus cried out in a louder voice ‘O, wretched one!’ Therefore she (Electra) says ‘you will destroy (him/me) if you stir his eyelids’.
LEMMA: M(ὁ τ.)BCAaMnRb(ὁ τ.)SSa(ὢ SSa), ὦ τάλας VAaRaRw, τὶ φὴς Pr REF. SYMBOL: MBVAaRbSa POSITION: marg. H
APP. CRIT.: 1 οἰκειούμενοι Pr | τὰς] περὶ Pr | ὁ χορὸς τὰς συμφορὰς transp. H, ὁ χορὸς om. Rw | συναχθήμενος Rb, συναχθόμενοι Pr | ἀνεκέκραγε V, ἀνακέκραγε AaMnRaRbRw, ἐξεβόησε H | τὸ] τί Mn | ὁ τάλ. Rb | 2 διό κτλ om. AaRaRwSSa | εἰ] εἰς Rb | κινήσεις τοῦ ὕπνου VRb |
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 γεγονότερον, ω s.l. Aa | ὢ τάλ. Sa, ὠ with both accents S |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.113,14–16; Dind. II.72,20–22
KEYWORDS: staging, delivery of lines
Or. 157.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τί φὴς ὦ τάλας⟩: οἰκειούμενος τὰς συμφορὰς ὁ χορὸς γεγωνότερον εἶπεν ‘ὦ τάλας’. —O
KEYWORDS: staging, delivery of lines
Or. 157.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τί φὴς ὦ τάλας⟩: ὁ χορὸς λέγει καθ’ ἑαυτόν. —Aa
LEMMA: Aa REF. SYMBOL: Aa
KEYWORDS: addressee identified
Or. 157.04 (vet exeg) ⟨ὦ τάλας⟩: 1δεῖ νοεῖν στεναγμόν τινα γεγενῆσθαι μετὰ τὸ ‘ὦ τάλας’ ὑπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ, 2ἵνα εὔλογον ᾖ τὸ παρὰ τῆς Ἠλέκτρας εἰρημένον [167] ‘σὺ γάρ νιν, ὦ τάλαινα, θωΰξασ’ ἔβαλες ἐξ ὕπνου’. —MBCPrRw
TRANSLATION: One must understand that some kind of groan was made by the chorus after ‘o, pitiable man’, so that what Electra says—‘For you drove him from his sleep, wretched woman, by your wild cry’—makes good sense.
LEMMA: (160–161) ὦ μέλεος ὦ τάλας MC, 160 ὦ μέλεος Rw REF. SYMBOL: M (to 160 ὦ μέλεος) POSITION: cont. from 157.01 BPr, add. δὲ
APP. CRIT.: 1 δεῖ νοεῖν στεν. τινα] δεινόν τινα στεναγμὸν Rw | νοεῖν transp. after γεγεν. Pr | 2 ᾖ om. Pr | παρὰ om. MCRw |
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 γεγενεῖσθαι Pr | 2 νῦν Pr | θωύξας MPr, θωΰξασα Rw |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.113,17–19; Dind. II.72,22–24
COMMENT: It is not impossible that this note was originally attached to the second ὦ τάλας in 161, as suggested by the transmitted lemmata in MCRw and the position of sch. 157.05 after 160.01. But the notion that the chorus involuntarily made an inarticulate cry ‘as women are wont to do in extreme distress’ (sch. 168.05) fits their first reaction in 157 better than their more articulate comments in 160–161.
KEYWORDS: staging, delivery of lines
Or. 157.05 (rec exeg) μετὰ στεναγμοῦ ταῦτα λέγει, ὡς φησὶν Ἠλέκτρα [167] ‘σὺ γάρ νιν ὦ τάλαινα θωΰξασ’ ἔβαλες ἐξ ὕπνου’. —VRb
TRANSLATION: (The chorus) says this with a groan, as Electra says, ‘For you drove him from his sleep, wretched woman, by your wild cry’.
POSITION: cont. from sch. 160.01 V(add. δὲ)Rb
APP. CRIT.: τάλαινα] τάλας V |
APP. CRIT. 2: θωΰξας VRb |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.114,1 app.; Dind. II.73,9–10
KEYWORDS: staging, delivery of lines
Or. 157.06 (pllgn exeg) 1ὡς ἔοικεν ὁ χορὸς συναχθόμενος τῇ Ἠλέκτρᾳ γεγωνότερον ἀνέκραξε τὸ ‘ὦ τάλας’· 2διό φησι[158] ‘ὀλεῖς εἰ βλέφαρα κινήσεις’. 3δεῖ δὲ στεναγμόν τινα γενέσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ μετὰ τὸ ‘ὦ τάλας’ ἵνα εὔλογον ᾖ τὸ τῆς Ἠλέκτρας εἰρημένον. —Yf2
TRANSLATION: As it seems, the chorus, in its sympathy for Electra’s pain, cried out rather loudly ‘O wretched man’. Therefore she says ‘You will kill (him) if you stir his eyelids’. And it is necessary that there be some mournful groan by the chorus after ‘O wretched man’ so that Electra’s remark will make sense.
COLLATION NOTES: Yf with cross. |
KEYWORDS: staging, delivery of lines
Or. 157.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τί φῄς⟩: πρὸς τὴν Ἠλέκτραν —B3a
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: addressee identified
Or. 157.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὢ τάλας⟩: τρανότερον ἐφώνησε. —V3
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: Dot before this, in different ink. |
KEYWORDS: staging, delivery of lines
Or. 157.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ὢ τάλας⟩: πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην στρέφει τὸν λόγον. —MnPrRSSa
POSITION: s.l. except marg. R
KEYWORDS: addressee identified
Or. 157.12 (mosch exeg) ⟨ὦ τάλας⟩: πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZcFB3a
TRANSLATION: (The exclamation ‘o wretched man’ is made) in reference to Orestes.
POSITION: s.l. (above τί φὴς Zc)
KEYWORDS: addressee identified
Or. 158.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ὀλεῖς⟩: ⟨ἐὰν⟩ ἀπολεσθῇς, ἀπολέσεις —AbMnRS
POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ab
APP. CRIT.: ἢ add. before ἀπολέσεις R (because of loss of ἐὰν) | ἀπολέσεις] ἀπολέσης AbMnS |
APP. CRIT. 2: -εσθὴς Mn |
Or. 158.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ὀλεῖς⟩: ἐμὲ —MnPrRSZuB3a
POSITION: s.l.; cont. from prev. R
APP. CRIT.: λείπει prep. Pr, ἤγουν prep. MnS | δηλονότι add. Zu
KEYWORDS: λείπει
Or. 158.08 (mosch gloss) ὀλεῖς: ἀπολεῖς ἐμέ —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc
LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: με XaYYf
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.72,28
Or. 158.09 (thom exeg) ⟨ὀλεῖς⟩: ἐμὲ ἢ αὐτὸν —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (The understood object of ‘you will destroy’ is) ‘me’ (Electra) or ‘him’ (Orestes).
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἐμὲ ἢ om. Gu (because written right after Gr’s ἐμέ)
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.72,28
Or. 158.10 (vet paraphr) ⟨εἰ βλέφαρα κινήσεις⟩: εἰ τοῦ ὕπνου ἀλλοτριώσεις καὶ μεταστήσεις. —MBCRw
TRANSLATION: If you will estrange (him) and shift (him) from sleep.
LEMMA: ὀλεῖς Rw POSITION: s.l. B, marg. MC
APP. CRIT.: εἰ] αἱ C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.113,20; Dind. II.72,26
COLLATION NOTES: B rewritten here by later hand. |
Or. 158.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εἰ βλέφαρα κινήσεις⟩: ἤγουν ἐὰν διυπνίσης αὐτὸν, ἐὰν ἐξεγείρης τοῦ ὕπνου —Yf2
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.72,28–73,1
Or. 158.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εἰ βλέφαρα κινήσεις⟩: ἤγουν ἐὰν ἐξυπνήσῃς αὐτόν —Zu
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: ἐξυπνέω is used as a transitive verb in later Greek, so there is no need to consider this an itacistic error for ἐξυπνίσῃς. |
Or. 158.15 (thom gloss) ⟨βλέφαρα⟩: τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς —ZZaZbZlZmTGuCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 158.21 (rec gloss) ⟨κινήσεις⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου —OS
POSITION: s.l. O, marg. S
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. S | ὕπνου] κατὰ S
Or. 158.26 (tri metr) ⟨κινήσεις⟩: long mark over iota —T
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 47
Or. 159.01 (mosch paraphr) ὕπνου γλυκυτάταν φερομένῳ χαράν: ἀντὶ τοῦ φέροντος τὴν ἡδονὴν τὴν γλυκυτάτην τοῦ ὕπνου —XXaXbT+YYfGrZc
LEMMA: φερομένῳ XT POSITION: s.l. except XT; sep. ἀντὶ τ. φέρ. above φερομένῳ, rest above χαράν Yf
APP. CRIT.: (both) τὴν om. Zc | τοῦ ὕπνου om. Zc
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.73,5
Or. 159.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨φερομένῳ χαρὰν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ φερόμενον ἐν χαρᾷ —Lp
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.73,4
Or. 159.09 (thom gloss) ⟨φερομένῳ⟩: καρπουμένῳ —ZZaZbZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.73,5–6
Or. 159.12 (rec gloss) ⟨φερομένῳ⟩: τῷ Ὀρέστῃ —V1Mn
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. V1 (with dot before in diff. ink)
Or. 159.18 (vet exeg) χαρὰν: τὸ βαθύτατον τοῦ ὕπνου, ὃ ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς [211] ‘ὕπνου θέλγητρον’ φησιν. —MBVCRbRw
TRANSLATION: The deepest form of sleep, what he calls in the later passage ‘charm of sleep’.
LEMMA: (no punct. after it) VRb, Rw ὕπνου γλυκυτάτου REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: intermarg. BC
APP. CRIT.: ὕπνου χαρὰν prep. Rw | ὃ καὶ V | ἑξῆς ὕπνου] ἐξύπνου V, ἐξ ὕπνου Rb | θέλγητρα Rw
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.113,21–22; Dind. II.73,3–4
COLLATION NOTES: Rewritten by later hand in B. |
Or. 159.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨χαρὰν⟩: τὸ βαθύτατον τοῦ ὕπνου —V3F
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: βαθὺ F, app. changed from βαθοι
Or. 160.01 (vet exeg) ὦ μέλεος: 1μέλεος αὐτὸς διὰ τὰς ἐκ θεῶν πράξεις. 2ἠρέμα δέ πως ἀρνεῖται τὴν πρᾶξιν Ὀρέστου, εἰς τὸν θεὸν ἀναφέρουσα τὴν ἁμαρτίαν. —MBVCBPrRbRw
TRANSLATION: He himself is wretched because of how he has fared from the gods. And in a sort of tacit way she denies the deed is Orestes’, referring the wrongdoing to the god.
LEMMA: VRb, ἄλλως Pr, in marg. MC, ἐργμάτων Rw REF. SYMBOL: VRb POSITION: intermarg. B, follows sch. 157.04 MCPr
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἐκ] εἰς M | 2 ὀρέστης V | τὸν om. B | ἁμαρτίαν] αἰτίαν Rw |
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 δε πῶς Rw |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.113,22–114,1; Dind. II.73,7–8
Or. 160.02 (vet exeg) 1μέλεος αὐτὸς διὰ τὰς ἐκ θεῶν πράξεις. 2ἀρνεῖται δέ πως τὴν τοῦ Ὀρέστου πρᾶξιν εἰς θεὸν ἀναφέρων ταῦτα. —H
TRANSLATION: Wretched himself because of the actions coming from gods. In a certain way she is denying the action of Orestes by attributing these things to a god.
Or. 160.08 (tri artGloss) ⟨μέλεος⟩: ὦ —T
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Triclinius removed ὦ/ὢ from the text as transmitted, without remarking on the change. Thus he adds the gloss indicating that this is an exclamatory nominative used like a vocative. The same occurs in sch. 161.01.
Or. 160.09 (pllgn gram) ⟨μέλεος⟩: ἀπο τοῦ μὴ ἐλεεῖσθαι —Gu
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: See sch. 207.05.
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 160.10 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἐχθίστων θεόθεν ἐργμάτων⟩: ἕνεκα τῶν θεοστυγεστάτων πράξεων —XXaXbT+YYfGr
POSITION: s.l. except X; spaced as three sep. glosses Yf (ἕνεκα, τῶν θεοστ., πράξεων)
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.73,12–13 (Arsenius’ modified version)
COMMENT: The Moschopulean interpretation takes θεόθεν as if it were θεοῖς, to produce ‘hated by the gods’, thus ameliorating the theology, as opposed to inferring that the chorus blames the gods, as in sch. 160.01.
KEYWORDS: theological amelioration
Or. 160.12 (tri paraphr) ἐχθίστων ἐργμάτων: ἤγουν ἕνεκα τῶν προσταχθέντων ἐξ Ἀπόλλωνος ἐργμάτων ἤγουν ἔργων, πράξεων, ἤτοι τοῦ φόνου —T
LEMMA: T
COMMENT: Created from separate Thoman glosses below.
Or. 160.13 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἐχθίστων⟩: ἕνεκα —Aa2CrFMnPrRSSaXZZaZbZlZmZuB3aOx
POSITION: s.l. (over ἐργμάτων F)
APP. CRIT.: ἕνεκεν Aa2CrSSaOx
Or. 160.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐχθίστων⟩: μισητῶν —AbCrMnSaSGZb2ZlOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 160.18 (thom paraphr) ⟨θεόθεν ἐργμάτων⟩: τῶν προσταχθέντων ἐξ Ἀπόλλωνος πράξεων ἤτοι τοῦ φόνου —ZZaZbZlZmGu
POSITION: s.l. (cont. from 160.13 Zm)
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Za |
COLLATION NOTES: Gu does not write πράξεων, but lets Gr’s gloss serve, and places ἤτοι κτλ just after Gr’s πράξεων. |
Or. 160.23 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐργμάτων⟩: καὶ τῶν πραγμάτων καὶ τῶν κωλυμάτων, ἤγουν τῶν ἀσθενειῶν —Zu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: κολυμάτων a.c. Zu |
Or. 160.25 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐργμάτων⟩: πράξεων —HrecV3AbCrFKMnSSaRfZbZc2ZlB3aOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrFOx
COLLATION NOTES: H8 acc. to Daitz. |
Or. 160.26 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐργμάτων⟩: πραγμάτων —Pr
POSITION: below line Pr (space above full)
COLLATION NOTES: This gloss has a cross. |
Or. 161.04 (recMosch gloss) ⟨μόχθων⟩: ἕνεκα —Aa2AbCrF2MnPrSaOxXXaXbT+YYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l. (over τάλας Ab)
APP. CRIT.: ἕνεκεν Aa2CrOx
Or. 161.05 (thom gloss) ⟨μόχθων⟩: συμφορῶν —ZZaZbZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.; cont. from prev. T
APP. CRIT.: τῶν prep. T
Or. 162.01 (162–165) (rec wdord) word order α (ἆ ἆ), β (ἄδικος), γ (ὁ λοξίας), δ (ἄδικα … ἔλακεν), ε and ϛ not detected, ζ (φόνον), η (ἀπόφονον), ι (ὅτ’ ἐπὶ τρίπ.), κ (θέμ.), λ(?) (ἐδίκασε) —S
Or. 162.02 (162–165) (rec wdord) word order α (ἄδικος), β (λοξίας), γ (ἄδικα), δ (ὅτε), ε (ἐδίκασεν), ϛ (φόνον), ζ (ἀπόφονον), η (τρίποδι) —Mn
Or. 162.03 (162–165) (rec wdord) word order α (ἄδικος), β (λοξίας), γ (ἄρ’), δ (τότ’), ε (ἔλακεν), ϛ (ἔλακεν), ζ (ἄδικα), η (ἀπόφονον), θ (ὅτ’), ι (ἐδίκασεν), ια (ἐπὶ), ιβ (τρίποδι), ιγ (θέμιδος) ιδ (φόνον), ιε (ἐμᾶς), ιϛ (μητέρος) —Ab
Or. 162.04 (162–165) (rec wdord) word order α (ἄδικος), β (λοξίας), γ (ἄδικα), δ (θέμιδος) —PrR
APP. CRIT.: δ om. Pr
Or. 162.05 (162–165) (pllgn exeg) ἀδίκως ἀδίκως τότε ἄρα ἔλακεν ἔλακεν ὁ Λοξίας τὸν φόνον τῆς ἐμῆς μητρὸς τὸν ἀπόφονον· πότε; ὅτε ἐπὶ τῇ τρίποδι τῆς Θέμιδος ἄρα ἔκρινεν αὐτὸν ἤγουν ἀδίκως ἐχρησμοδότησεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Λοξίας φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα μας ἐπὶ τῇ τρίποδι τῆς Θέμιδος· εἰς τρίποδα γὰρ ἀργυροῦ εἴτε καὶ χρυσοῦ ἐκάθητο ἡ παρθένος καὶ ἐνθουσιῶσα ἔλεγεν τοὺς χρησμούς. —Yf2
TRANSLATION: Unjustly, unjustly at the time, then, did Loxias cry out, cry out (the oracle demanding) the killing of my mother, the terrible killing. When (was this)? When at the tripod of Themis he adjudged it (the killing), that is, Loxias unjustly gave the oracular response that we kill our mother at the tripod of Themis. For the virgin (priestess) sat at a tripod of silver, or else of gold, and with divine inspiration spoke the oracles.
KEYWORDS: Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 162.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ὢ ἄδικος⟩: γράφεται ἄδικος —Mn
LEMMA: ὢ ἄδικος in text Mn POSITION: s.l., misplaced over second ἔλακεν (beginning of first line on facing page in Mn)
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 162.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ὢ⟩: γρ. ἃ ἃ —R
LEMMA: ὢ ἄδικος in text R POSITION: marg.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 162.11 (vet exeg) ἄδικος ἄδικα: 1τοῦτ’ ἐστὶ τὸ ἀλλαχοῦ [Eur. Hipp. 701] εἰρημένον· 2‘πρὸς τὰς τύχας γὰρ τὰς φρένας κεκτήμεθα’. 3ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἔδοξεν ἀτυχῶς τῷ Ὀρέστῃ πεπτωκέναι τῆς μητρὸς ὁ φόνος, ἄδικος ὁ Λοξίας νενόμισται. 4ἢ τὸ ἄδικα ἐδίκασεν ἐμφαίνει ὅτι δικαίως μὲν ἐμαντεύσατο τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρός, ἀδικεῖ δὲ τῷ δράσαντι μὴ ἐπικουρῶν. 5τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς οὕτως· 6ὁ ἄδικος Λοξίας ἄδικα τότε ἐδίκασεν, ὅτε ἐπὶ τρίποδι Θέμιδος τὸν ἀπόφονον φόνον ἔλακεν ἐμῆς μητρός. —H3MBCPrb, partialO MnPraRbRwSSa
TRANSLATION: This is (an illustration of) the statement made elsewhere, ‘For we possess our (repute for) sense in proportion to our fortunes (that is, the outcomes of our actions)’. For because the murder of their mother seemed to have turned out unfortunately for Orestes, Loxias has been deemed unjust (by Electra). Or the phrase ‘he gave unjust judgments’ indicates that although he justly gave an oracular command for the murder of the mother, he acts unjustly in not giving aid to the one who acted. The run of the sense is: the unjust Loxias gave unjust judgments at that time when upon the tripod of Themis he proclaimed the unholy murder of my mother.
LEMMA: Rw, ἆ ἄδικος ἄδικα BC(ἂ), ἆ ἆ ἄδικος Pr REF. SYMBOL: BRbSa POSITION: after sch. 164.01 C, after sch. 160.01 Pra (15v), after sch. 173.01 Prb (16r)
APP. CRIT.: 1–5 τοῦτ’ … οὕτως om. O, 1–4 τοῦτ’ … ἐπικουρῶν om. Pra, 1–3 τοῦτ’ … ὁ φόνος om. MnRbSSa, 1–2 τοῦτ’ … κεκτήμεθα om. Rw | 1 τοῦτ’] του δε M | 2 πρὸς τὰς φρένας γὰρ τὰς τύχας κεκτ. M, πρὸς τὰς φρένας γὰρ τὰς τύχας γὰρ τὰς τύχας κεκτ. (sic) C | 3 ἐπειδὴ γὰρ BPrb | πεπτωκέναι corr. to περιπεπτωκέναι s.l. H3 | ἄδικος] ἔκδιος Rb, ἔκδικος MnSa, δῖκος S | νομίζεται Rw | 4 ἢ] ὅτι MnSSa | τὸ] τὰ MnSSa | ἄδικα] ἄκα M, ἄδικον Rw | ἐδίκησεν Rb, ἠδίκησεν MnSSa | ὅτι] μὲν ὅτι Prb, γὰρ ὅτι MnRbSSa | ἐμαντεύσατο] ἐψηφίσατο H3 | 4–6 τὸν φόνον κτλ om. S | 4 ἀδικεῖ δὲ … ἐπικουρῶν] ἄδικος δὲ ὅτι οὐκ ἐπικουρεῖ H3 | 5 δὲ om. Mn | οὕτως] οὗτος CMnPrbRbSa (comma after it C), οὕτως ὅτι Pra | 6 ὁ ἄδικος] ὁ ἀδικῶν Pra | ἄδικα τότε] ἀδικώτατα H3 | ὅτε] ὅτι MnSa | τρίποδος RwSa | θέμιδος om. Sa | ἀπόφονον om. MnRbSa | φόνον om. MBOCPraRw, transp. after ἔλακεν Prb | ἔλακεν … μητρός] τῆς ἐμῆς μητρὸς ἐμαντεύσατο MnRb(ἐματ‑)Sa | ἐμᾶς H3BOCPrbRw, ἡμᾶς Pra | ματρός B, ματέρος O, μητέρος Rw [H3] |
APP. CRIT. 2: 4 ἐματεύσατο Rb | ἐπικούρων C | 6 ἀπόφωνον Rw |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.114,4–10; Dind. II.73,18–74,3
KEYWORDS: theological amelioration
Or. 162.12 (vet paraphr) ἄλλως: ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ δικαίως ἔδοξεν εἰρηκέναι —BRw
TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘he seemed not to have spoken justly’.
LEMMA: Rw POSITION: marg. (at 162) B
APP. CRIT.: οὐ om. Rw
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.73,18
Or. 162.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄδικος ἄδικα⟩: ἄδικος ὁ Λοξίας ἔδοξεν ἄδικα δικάσας, ἢ δικαίως ἐψηφίσατο τὸν φόνον ἀδίκως δὲ οὐ βοηθεῖ. —V
LEMMA: V REF. SYMBOL: V
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.114, app. on 5–8; Dind. II.73, app. on 21
Or. 162.14 (pllgn exeg) 1ἐπεὶ ἔδοξεν ἀτυχῶς τῷ Ὀρέστῃ πεπτωκέναι τῆς μητρὸς ὁ φόνος, ἄδικα ἐδίκασεν ὁ Λοξίας μαντευόμενος μὲν τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρὸς, τῷ δράσαντι δὲ μὴ ἐπικουρῶν. 2ἢ ἄδικα ἐδίκασεν ὁ Λοξίας ὅτε ἐπὶ τρίποδι Θέμιδος τὸν ἀπόφονον ἔλακεν τῆς μητρὸς. —V3
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.114,5–7 and 9–10 app.
Or. 162.15 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄδικος ἄδικα⟩: 1τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς ἄδικος Λοξίας· ἄδικα γὰρ τότε ἐδίκασεν, ὅτε ἐπὶ τρίποδι Θέμιδος τὸν ἀπόφονον φόνον ἔλακεν ἐμῆς μητρός. 2ἀπόφονον τινὲς τὸν ἄτοπον φόνον, τινὲς δὲ τὴν ἀ̅π̅ο̅ εἰς τὸ ἔλακεν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπεφθέγξατο. —V
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.114, app. on 14–16; Dind. II.73, app. on 21
Or. 162.16 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἄδικος ἄδικα⟩: ὁ ἄδικος Λοξίας ἤγουν ὁ Ἀπόλλων ἄδικα τότε ἐκτύπησε κατὰ τῆς δικαιοσύνης ὅτε ἐδίκασεν τὸν μιαρὸν φόνον τῆς ἐμῆς μητρός. —Ra
Or. 162.17 (mosch paraphr) ἆ ἆ ἄδικος: ἄδικος ὢν ὁ Λοξίας ἄδικα ἄρα τότε εἶπεν ὅτε ἐπὶ τῷ τρίποδι τῆς Θέμιδος ἐδίκασεν ἤγουν ἔκρινε τὸν ἀπόφονον φόνον τῆς ἐμῆς μητρὸς ἤγουν τὸν μισητὸν καὶ μὴ ἄξιον ὄντα γενέσθαι. —XXaXbT+YfGGr
LEMMA: G POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τότε om. G | after τότε add. ἔλακεν ἀντὶ τοῦ XaY | τὴν μισητὴν X
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.74,14–17
Or. 162.18 (thom exeg) ⟨ἄδικος⟩: 1οἱ λαμβάνοντες εἰς τὸ ἄδικος ἔξωθεν τὸ ὑπάρχει καὶ στίζοντες ἐνταῦθα ληροῦσι. 2τὸ δ’ οὕτως ἔχει· 3δέον γὰρ οὕτως εἰπεῖν ἀδίκως ἔλακε τότε ὁ Λοξίας ἄδικα, ὁ δὲ ‘ἄδικος’ εἶπε πρὸς τὸ Λοξίας. 4ἀπατῶνται δὲ ἐκ τοῦ ἄδικα, οὐκ εἰδότες ὅτι τὸ ἄδικος καὶ τὸ ἄδικα ταυτοδυναμοῦσιν, ὥστε εἰ καὶ ἓν τούτων ἀπῆν, ἄρτιος ἂν ἦν ὁ λόγος. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: Those who supply ‘is’ to go with ‘unjust’ (‘adikos’) and punctuate at that point speak nonsense. The situation is like this. For he (the poet) should have put it this way, ‘unjustly (‘adikōs’) Loxias at that time proclaimed unjust things’; instead he made unjust (‘adikos’) agree with Loxias. They (those expounders) are deceived by the presence of ‘adika’, not understanding that ‘adikos’ and ‘adika’ convey the same meaning, so that even if one of these were absent, the sense would be complete.
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἔξωθεν εἰς τὸ ἄδικος transp. Zb [Zl] | ληροῦσι] ἀμαθεῖς T, οὐ καλῶς ποιοῦσι Gu | 4 τοῦτο δυναμοῦσι ZZa | ἦν om. Za
APP. CRIT. 2: 3 ἔλακεν ZaZb |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.74,9–14
COMMENT: The view criticized is that of unknown teachers or commentators (clearly not Moschopulus, see prev.). The only hints of the rejected view in our scholia are in 162.05 in V and in the gloss 162.20 if the scribe of Zu intended the truncated ending of ὑπάρχ() to be supplied as ει rather ων.
KEYWORDS: Thomas critical of another view
Or. 162.19 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨ἄδικος⟩: ὢν δηλονότι —T+Aa2Gu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ὦν Aa2 | δηλονότι om. Aa2Gu
COMMENT: Triclinius places the cross here because the Moschopulean paraphrase sch. 162.17 uses ὢν. |
Or. 162.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄδικος⟩: ὑπάρχ() —Zu
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: There is no punctuation in Zu’s text between ἄδικος and ἄδικα, so perhaps this gloss is more likely to be ὑπάρχων than ὑπάρχει (which is a common expansion of this truncation elsewhere); see on 162.18
Or. 162.21 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄδικος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀδίκως —VCrYf2Ox
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ] καὶ CrOx, om. Yf2
Or. 162.22 (vet gloss) ⟨ἄδικα⟩: ἀδίκως. —HMCF2Yf2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. HF2Yf2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.114,3
Or. 162.23 (vet exeg) ἔλακεν: 1καὶ Ἀριστοφάνης [Arist. Plut. 39] ‘ἔλακεν ἐκ τῶν στεμμάτων’ τραγικῇ λέξει χρησάμενος. 2⟨τότε δὲ⟩ ὅτε τὸν ἀπόφονον ⟨φόνον⟩ τῆς ἐμῆς μητρὸς ἐπὶ τρίποδι Θέμιδος ἐδίκασεν ὁ Λοξίας. —H3MBCPr
TRANSLATION: And Aristophanes (also used this verb in) ‘he cried forth from the fillets’, using a tragic vocable. ⟨‘Then’⟩ (means) when Loxias at the tripod of Themis declared as verdict the horrible ⟨murder⟩ of my mother.
LEMMA: MB(no punct. after it)C; label ἀριστοφάνης add. in marg. late hand in B POSITION: Pr cont. from sch. 162.11 (Prb version, 16r); unclear whether sep. from sch. 162.11 H3 (damage)
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀριστ. φησὶν Pr
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἀπόφωνον a.c. H3 |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.114,11–13; Dind. II.74,3–5
KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Aristophanes
Or. 162.24 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1τὸ ἀπόφονον Ἀπόλλωνι, οὐκ Ὀρέστῃ ἐγκαλοῦσά φησιν. 2ἔνιοι δὲ ἀπόφονον ἐδέξαντο τὸν ἄτοπον φόνον. 3τὴν δὲ ἀπό πρὸς τὸ ἔλακεν, ἀπέλακεν, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπεφθέγξατο. —H3MBCPraPrb
TRANSLATION: She says ‘unholy’ (‘apophonon’) in criticism of Apollo, not of Orestes. And some have interpreted ‘apophonon’ as meaning the unusual/bizarre murder. And the preposition ‘apo’ (some others have interpreted as) belonging to the verb ‘elaken’, (making the compound) ‘apelaken’, equivalent to ‘proclaimed an oracle’.
LEMMA: M, in marg. C REF. SYMBOL: H3 (to 163 ἀπόφονον) POSITION: cont. from prev. B, add. δὲ (after ἀπόφονον), cont. from (Pra version of) sch. 162.11 Pra, add. δὲ (after ἀπόφονον) (15v last line), cont. from prev. Prb, add. δὲ after ἄφονον (16r)
APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸ] τὸν MC | ἀπόφ-] ἄφονον Prb | ἐγκαλοῦσι C | 2 ἔνιοι] ἕτεροι Pra | δὲ repeated after ἀπόφ. Pra | ἐδέξατο H | 3 τὸ ἀπὸ δὲ πρὸς PraPrb | ἀπέλακεν om. PraPrb |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.114,14–16; Dind. II.74,5–8
COMMENT: The interpretation in the third sentence turns the pejorative ἀπόφονον into a second φόνον and seems designed to reduce the the criticism of Apollo, assisting the claim that the criticism contained in ἄδικος ἄδικα is diminished by the partiality of Electra’s perspective (sch. 160.11).
COLLATION NOTES: Daitz reported H as omitting τοῦ (3), but for the ἀντὶ τοῦ abbreviation compare the one in sch. 194.02 on the next page in H.
KEYWORDS: theological amelioration
Or. 162.25 (rec gloss) ⟨first ἔλακεν⟩: ἤχησεν —V1AbCrMnPrRRfrSSaOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
COLLATION NOTES: V with dot before in different ink. |
Or. 162.36. (pllgn gloss) ⟨second ἔλακεν⟩: ἤχησεν(?) —F2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: mostly washed out
Or. 162.37 (tri exeg) ἡμέτερον: τὸ ἔλακεν οὐ παρακείμενός ἐστιν ὡς οἴονταί τινες ἀλλ’ ἀόριστος βʹ. διὸ καὶ βραχὺ ἔχει τὸ λ̅α̅. λέληκα γάρ ἐστιν ὁ παρακείμενος, ὡς καὶ Ἡσίοδος [Hes. Op. 207] ‘δαιμονίη, τί λέληκας’. —T
TRANSLATION: The word ‘elaken’ is not perfect tense, as some believe, but second aorist. Therefore in fact it has the syllable ‘la’ as short. For the perfect is ‘lelēka’, as Hesiod (says): ‘foolish one, what are you saying?’
LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.74,17–19; de Fav. 47
COMMENT: The view criticized is not extant in our scholia, and indeed all the glosses and paraphrases correctly use aorist forms to render ἔλακεν.
KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Hesiod
Or. 163.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: μισητὸν —AbFGMnPrSSaZcGuB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ τὸν prep. S, τὸν prep. GGuZc
Or. 163.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: μὴ ἄξιον ὄντα γενέσθαι —YGGu
POSITION: s.l. (cont. from 163.05 with καὶ Gu)
APP. CRIT.: ὄντως G
COMMENT: The phrase is extracted from the Mosch. paraphrase 162.17.
Or. 163.08 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: κακόφονον ὡς αἴτιον ἡμῖν συμφορῶν —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Apophonon’ means) ‘involving evil murder’, (evil) in that (it is) for us cause of misfortunes.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: πολλῶν add. before συμφορῶν Z, add. after συμφ. Za | συμφορᾶς Zl
APP. CRIT. 2: κακόφωνον ZZa |
Or. 163.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: 1ὡς λέγομεν γάμος ἄγαμος, ὅταν τις οὐκ ἀγάγηται γυναῖκα ξένην, ἀλλὰ συγγένειαν ἔχουσαν μετ’ αὐτοῦ, οὕτω καὶ φόνος ἀπόφονος, ἤγουν μισητός. 2οὐ γὰρ ἦν ὁ φόνος εἰς ἕτερον ἀλλότριον, ἀλλὰ εἰς τὴν αὐτοῦ μητέρα. 3καὶ ἄλλο δέ· ὅτι ὁ φόνος τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ κακῷ ἐγένετο αὐτῷ· 4παράφρων γὰρ ἐγένετο ὁ Ὀρέστης καὶ εἰς ψῆφον ᾖσαν θανάτου, καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο ἀπόφονος, ἤγουν μισητὸς. —Yf2
TRANSLATION: Just as we say ‘marriage that is no true marriage’ (‘gamos agamos’) when someone marries not a woman from outside the family but one having kinship with him, in the same way too a killing is ‘apophonos’, that is, loathsome. For the murder was not directed at some other outside person, but at his mother. And another point: (it is) because the killing of his mother turned out to cause harm to him. For Orestes went mad and they (Orestes and Electra) were going to face a vote of death, and in this regard (the killing was) ‘apophonos’ or loathsome.
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.74,20–27
COMMENT: Yf2 has no iota subscript on ἦσαν (and normally omits it), so he could also have intended the imperfect of εἰμί, perhaps ‘they were liable to a vote of death’.
Or. 163.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐπὶ τρίποδι⟩: καθήμενος —GMnS
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ὑπῆρχε prep. S, καὶ ταῦτα prep. Mn
Or. 163.16 (vet gloss) ⟨ἐπὶ⟩: ἀντὶ τῆς περί —M
TRANSLATION: (The preposition ‘epi’ is used) in the sense of ‘peri’ (‘around, nearby’).
POSITION: s.l. (above ἀπόφονον)
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.114,17
Or. 163.18 (thom exeg) ⟨τρίποδι⟩: 1τὸ τρίποδι τῆς Θέμιδος οὕτω νοητέον, 2ἢ ἐν τῷ τρίποδι τῆς Θέμιδος τουτέστι τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἐν ᾧ καθημένη ἡ Πυθία καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος κατεχομένη τὰ δίκαια πᾶσιν ἐθέσπιζεν, 3ἢ ὡς φασὶ τινὲς ὅτι ὁ τρίπους πρότερον ἦν τῆς Γῆς, εἶτα τῆς Θέμιδος. 4ἡ δὲ Θέμις θεὰ παρ’ Ἕλλησιν, ἔφορος δικαιοσύνης. 5εἶτα τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος ἐγένετο, παρὰ Θέμιδος λαβόντος. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: The phrase ‘tripod of Themis’ is to be understood as follows: either on the tripod of Themis, that is to say, of justice, sitting on which the Pythia, possessed by Apollo, used to give just oracles to all; or, as some say, because the tripod previously belonged to Earth, and thereafter to Themis. And Themis is a goddess among the Hellenes, one watching over justice. Next (the tripod) became Apollo’s, when he received it from Themis.
REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm
APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸ] τὸ ἐπὶ T, τῷ ZbGu | τῆς] καὶ ZaZbGu, om. T | 2 τουτέστι] ἤγουν Gu |
APP. CRIT. 2: 3 τρίππους Zb |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.74,28–75,5
COMMENT: τινὲς here refers to the old scholion 164.01.
Or. 163.21 (pllgn artGloss) ⟨τρίποδι⟩: τῇ —Yf2
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The tripod cauldron is normally ὁ τρίπους, whereas ἡ τρίπους is usually a line (γραμμή) measuring three feet. But the feminine here may have been influenced by some rare instances like Olympiodorus, Prolegomena, CAG 12:1.3,35–36 τούτων καὶ ἡ τρίπους ἡ καλουμένη Ἀπόλλωνος ἦν (scil. ἀπόκρισις?); Eust. in Od. 1.111 (I.30,12) (describing a τράπεζα).
Or. 164.01 (vet exeg) ⟨Θέμιδος⟩: πρῶτον γὰρ εἶχεν ἡ Γῆ τὸν τρίποδα, εἶτα δεύτερον ἡ Θέμις, εἶτα Ἀπόλλων παρὰ Θέμιδος λαβών. —MBCRw
TRANSLATION: At first Earth had the tripod, then secondly Themis, then Apollo, having received it from Themis.
POSITION: marg. B; after sch. 160.01 C, cont. from sch. 160.01 M, cont. from sch. 162.12 BRw
APP. CRIT.: γὰρ] δὲ BRw | ἡ γῆ εἶχε transp. BRw | εἶτα δὲ Rw | δεύτερον ἡ θ.] ἡ θ. δευτέρα Rw | Θέμις printed by Schw. as if in M (cf. sch. 163.18), θεός all (nomen sacrum θ̅σ̅ in MB)
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.114,18–19; Dind. II.73,10–12
Or. 164.02 (recThom gloss) ⟨Θέμιδος⟩: τῆς δικαιοσύνης —VAbMnPrRSSaZb2ZmTYf2
POSITION: s.l. except marg. R
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. PrS | τῆς om. PrZb2Zm [V]
COLLATION NOTES: There may be a faint trace of a washed out F2 gloss here, but too damaged to guess what it may have been.
Or. 164.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐδίκασεν⟩: σε ἄδικα ἔκρινεν —S
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Apparently ‘made unjust judgment about you, judged you unjustly’ unless σε is a mistake for σοί.
Or. 164.08 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἐδίκασε⟩: ἔκρινεν —V3AbCrMnSaOxYYf2ZZaZb1ZlTGuB3a, perhaps F2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx | -ε SaYV3B3a
COLLATION NOTES: F washed out except suspended εν sign. | V with dot in front, same ink. |
Or. 165.01 (rec exeg) ⟨Λοξίας⟩: 1τὸ μὲν παλαιὸν βοσκός τις ἔβοσκε πρόβατα εἰς ὄρος καὶ ἀναμεταξὺ τοῦ ὄρους ἐκείνου ἦν χάος, ὃ εὑρέθη πρῶτον ἀπὸ ἑνὸς τῶν προβάτων. 2ἰδὼν δὲ τοῦτο ὁ βοσκὸς ὅτι παρὰ φύσιν λαλεῖ τὸ πρόβατον, καὶ παρακύψας καὶ αὐτὸς ἐκεῖσε ἤρξατο λαλεῖν στίχων πλοκὰς καὶ ἕτερα ἐξαίσια. 3ἰδόντες δὲ τοῦτόν τινες τῶν ἀνθρώπων στίχων πλοκὰς λέγοντα ἠρώτων αὐτὸν πῶς ἄρα τοιαῦτα λαλεῖ. 4ὁ δὲ εἶπεν ὅτι εἰς τὸ ὄρος, ἐν ᾧ ἔβοσκον τὰ πρόβατα, ἐκεῖσε μεμάθηκα ἀπὸ χάους τινός. 5ἀκούσαντες δὲ οἱ ἐγχώριοι ἔκτισαν ἐκεῖσε ναὸν τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι 6ἐν ᾧ καὶ τρίποδα χαλκοῦν ἔστησαν, διὰ τὸ χρᾶσθαι αὐτοῦ τῇ μαντείᾳ στήσαντες ἄνωθεν τοῦ χαλκοῦ γυναῖκα παρθένον, ἵνα ἀνακρούῃ αὐτὸν καὶ ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοὺς χρησμοὺς δέχωνται. 7Λοξίαν δὲ λέγουσι τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα διὰ τὸ ποιεῖσθαι ἐξεστραμμένους τοὺς χρησμούς. —MnRaRbSSaPb
TRANSLATION: In ancient times a herdsman was pasturing his sheep on a mountain and in the midst of that mountain there was a chasm, which was discovered first by one of the sheep. The herdsman, having noticed this fact, that contrary to nature the sheep was speaking, and having himself too bent down there (over the chasm), began to speak chains of verses and other extraordinary things. Some people noticed him speaking chains of verse and asked him how in the world he was speaking such things. He replied that on the mountain, on which I was pasturing my sheep, there I learned it from a certain chasm. Having heard this, the locals established there a shrine for Apollo in which they also set up a bronze tripod, in order to make use of his prophecy, placing an unmarried woman on top of the bronze vessel, so that she could strike it (to make it ring) and they would receive oracles from it. And they call Apollo Loxias because he makes his oracles twisted/ convoluted.
LEMMA: ἱστορία in marg. MnSaPb REF. SYMBOL: Rb POSITION: follows sch. 162.11 MnSSa, foll. sch. 157.05 Rb
APP. CRIT.: 1 ὄρος om. S | ἀπὸ ἑνὸς] ὑπὸ ἑνὸς Schw. | 2 λαλεῖ] λαλὼν Mn | second καὶ om. RaPb | 3 στίχων] ὅτι στίχων Rb | λέγοντα] λέγει Rb | 5 after δέ add. τὸν τοιοῦτον λόγον Rb | τοῦ ἀπόλλωνος Rb | 6 τρίποδον Mn | χαλκὸν MnRaSPb | first αὐτοῦ] αὐτῶ MnRaSSa | ἀνακρούῃ] ἀκούη Ra | αὐτὸν] αὐτὸ Rb |
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 παρὰ φύσιν] παραφάτη Mn | στίχων] στίστων Ra | 3 ἰδώντες a.c. Mn | 5 ἐγχόριοι S | ἔκτησαν Mn | 6 χράσθαι Ra | ἀνακρούει Mn | χρυσμοὺς Mn | 7 ἐξεστρεμμένους Sa, ἐξεστραμένους Pb | χρυσμοὺς Mn |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.114,20–115,7; Dind. II.75,16–28
COMMENT: I have not found elsewhere an aetiological story with these details.
KEYWORDS: etymology, of proper name
Or. 165.02 (thom exeg) ⟨Λοξίας⟩: 1Λοξίας ὁ Ἀπόλλων καλεῖται ὅτι λοξὰ καὶ διπλῶς νοούμενα ἐμαντεύετο. 2καὶ γὰρ τῷ Κροίσῳ, ὅτε στρατεύσειν κατὰ Κύρου ἔμελλεν, ἐρωτήσαντι εἰ τοῦ ἐχθροῦ περιέσται, εἶπε· 3[53 Parke–Wormell, Q100 Fontenrose] Κροῖσος βασιλεὺς Ἅλυν ποταμὸν διαβὰς μεγάλην ἀρχὴν καταλύσει. 4τοῦτο δὲ ἦν παντάπασιν ἄγνωστον, εἴτε τὴν οἰκείαν εἴτε τὴν τοῦ Κύρου. 5ὅθεν ἀπατηθεὶς ὁ Κροῖσος καὶ μεγάλην ἀρχὴν τὴν τοῦ ἀντιδίκου ὑπολαβὼν, ἐλθὼν καταλέλυκε τὴν οἰκείαν τοσοῦτον ὡς καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἐχθροῦ ἑαλωκὼς εἰς πῦρ ἐμβεβλῆσθαι, 6ὃν εἰ μὴ Ζεὺς οἰκτείρας ἀφῆκεν ὕδωρ ἐπὶ τὴν φλόγα, τάχ’ ἂν ἀπωλώλει, ἔργον πυρὸς γενόμενος. 7ἦν δὲ ὁ Κροῖσος Λυδῶν βασιλεύς. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: Apollo is called Loxias because he gave oracles that were ambiguously oblique and had a double meaning. For when Croesus was intending to campaign against Cyrus and asked if he would get the better of his enemy, he said: King Croesus will undo a great empire if he crosses the Halys river. But this detail was entirely unknown, whether (the empire was) his own or that of Cyrus. Deceived because of this and having assumed the great empire was that of his rival, Croesus proceeded and destroyed his own to such a degree that he was even taken captive by his enemy and cast into fire. And if Zeus had not felt pity for him and sent water against the flame, he would quickly have perished, a victim of the fire. Creosus was king of the Lydians.
REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlZm
APP. CRIT.: 2 στρατεύειν Za | κατὰ τοῦ κύρου Zl | εἰ om. Zm | 3 βασιλεὺς om. T, βασιλέων (or ‑έως?) app. Zl | ποταμὸν om. T | 4 δὲ ἦν] εἶπε Gu | 5 first τὴν om. Zb | ἀντιδίκου] ἀδίκου ZmGu | κατέλυμε Zb, κατέλυσε Zl | ὑπὸ] ἀπὸ Zl | ἑαλωκέναι καὶ εἰς T | 6 ὁ ζεὺς Gu |
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 εἶπεν Ta (not T) | 3 ἄλυν ZZaZb, ἄλην Zl | ποτμὸν Zb | 6 ἀπολώλει ZbT(ἀπωλ‑ Ta), app. Zl |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.75,6–15
COMMENT: Triclinius’ omissions in sentence 3 restore the dactylic hexameter frequently cited from Aristotle to Byzantine authors. For the expanded unmetrical version cf. Theodorus Scutariota, Chron. (CFHB Berl. 46) I.60,28 and Georg. Cedrenus, Compend. hist. (CSHB) I.241,5–6; there are also several late citations with only ποταμὸν added, e.g. Euseb. praep. evang. 5.20.10.
Or. 165.03 (recThom gloss) ⟨ὁ Λοξίας⟩: ὁ Ἀπόλλων —VAbCrMnPrRSSaOxZZaZlTB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Ox, καὶ prep. Cr | ὁ om. Z | ὅδε add. R
Or. 165.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Λοξίας⟩: Λοξίας διὰ τὸ ἐκφωνεῖν λοξὰς τὰς μαντείας καὶ ἀμφοτέρωθεν δηλοῦν ἀμφοτεριζούσας —G
POSITION: marg.
KEYWORDS: etymology, of proper name
Or. 165.05 (rec exeg) ⟨Λοξίας⟩: ὁ Λοξίας λέγεται διὰ τὸ τὰ ἄδικα κρίνειν. —Ab
POSITION: marg.
APP. CRIT.: κρίνειν uncertain (damage) |
KEYWORDS: etymology, of proper name
Or. 165.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐμᾶς ματέρος⟩: ἔνεκεν, περὶ τῆς ἐμῆς μητρὸς —AbMnSSa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: μητρὸς om. Sa
Or. 165.09 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨ματέρος⟩: μητρός —AaCrOxTGuZl
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOxZl
|
Or. 166.01 (166–173) (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: ὁρᾷς: 0σύστημα κατὰ περικοπὴν ἀνομοιομερὲς μὲν πρὸς τὰς στροφάς, ὁμοιομερὲς δὲ τῷ μετὰ τὴν ἑξῆς κειμένην στροφὴν συστήματι, οὗ ἡ ἀρχὴ ‘θρόει τίς κακῶν’. ἔστι δὲ κώλων ηʹ. 1τὸ αʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἐξ ἀντισπάστου ἐπιτρίτου βʹ καὶ ἰάμβου. 2τὸ βʹ ἰαμβικὸν ἑφθημιμερές. 3τὸ γʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν Φερεκράτειον ἐξ ἀντισπάστου καὶ κρητικοῦ. ἐνταῦθα δὲ τὸν κρητικὸν ἔχει τετρασύλλαβον. 4τὸ δʹ ἰαμβικὸν ὅμοιον τῷ βʹ. 5τὸ εʹ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον. 6τὸ ϛʹ ὅμοιον ἐκ χορείων τῶν αʹ ποδῶν. 7τὸ ζʹ παιωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ παίωνος δʹ καὶ κρητικοῦ. 8τὸ ηʹ τροχαϊκὸν ἰθυφαλλικόν. εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἀντισπαστικὸν ἡμιόλιον. ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει παράγραφος. —T |
1166=187 ⏑‒ ‒⏑,‒⏑‒ ‒,⏑‒ |
TRANSLATION: A metrical system divided into sections, consisting of unlike parts with respect to the strophes (scil. the preceding and following strophes, 140–152 = 153–165 and 174–186 = 195–207), but with the same parts as the system [187–194] that comes after the strophe positioned next [174–186], the opening of which is [187] ‘Speak what (end) of evils’. It is of eight cola. The first is a brachycatalectic antispastic trimeter composed of an antispast, a second epitrite, and iamb. The second is an iambic hepthemimeres. The third is a Pherecratean catalectic antispastic dimeter composed of an antispast and a cretic. Here (scil. as opposed to in the corresponding stanza) it has its cretic of four syllables (scil. from resolution of one long). The fourth is an iambic similar to the second (scil. hepthemimeres). The fifth is an acatalectic trochaic dimeter. The sixth is similar (scil. a trochaic dimeter) with the first feet consisting of chorei. The seventh is an acatalectic paeonic dimeter composed of a fourth paeon and a cretic. The eighth is a trochaic ithyphallic; or if you prefer, a one-and-a-half-measure antispast. At the end a paragraphos.
LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.
APP. CRIT. 2: 4 ἆρ’ a.c. T | 8 ‑φαλικὸν T |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.11,8–18; de Fav. 47
COMMENT: In colon 4 Triclinius treats ἄρ’ as having a long alpha despite the accent, which he changed from circumflex (as he himself initially wrote here) to acute to make clear that the particle is inferential in sense here; he explains this in his sch. 189.09 below. | The description of colon 8 as ‘trochaic ithyphallic’ fits with Triclinius’ capacious use of this term. It mostly applies to the expected ‒ ⏑ ‒ × ‒ ‒. But other shapes also get this designation (Sophoclean examples checked in Tessier’s edition): Hec. 706, Soph. Aj. 409 = 427 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒ (choreus in second foot); Hec. 944 ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒ ‒; Or. 834 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ (the third foot anapaest); Or. 1466, Phoen. 655, 1039 ‒ ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑; Or. 1488, Phoen. 1513 ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ (second and third feet chorei); Phoen. 320 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒; Phoen. 1288 ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ (three chorei); Phoen. 1732 ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒ (first and second feet chorei); Phoen. 1746 ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒ (first foot anapaest); Phoen. 657 = 675 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒ (this last seems to be an unconscious error on his part for lecythion). | In his scholia on the Euripidean triad Triclinius writes ἰθυφαλικόν rather than ‑φαλλικόν very frequently, but not everywhere.
Or. 166.04 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨ἐν πέπλοισι⟩: τοῖς στρώμασιν —TZl
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τοῖς om. Zl | -σι TaZl
Or. 166.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πέπλοισι⟩: πέπλους λέγει τὰ ῥοῦχα, ἃ ἔκειτο τὰ στρώματα καὶ τὰ ἕτερα. —Yf2
TRANSLATION: By ‘robes’ (‘peplois’) she (or he, the poet) means the garments, which were laid down as the bedding and the rest.
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: For the medieval vernacular word (to which I was guided by Ilias Nesseris) see Kriaras s.v. ροῦχον; LBG s.v. ῥοῦχον. The chi written by Yf2 here is abnormal in form, but it must be a chi.
KEYWORDS: Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 166.08 (rec exeg) ⟨κινεῖτο⟩: τὸ παθητικὸν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐνεργητικοῦ. —S
TRANSLATION: The passive verb form is used in the sense of the active.
LEMMA: κινεῖτο in text S POSITION: s.l.
Or. 166.09 (rec exeg) ⟨κινεῖται⟩: γρ. κινεῖ —RSSa
LEMMA: κινεῖται in text RSa, κινεῖτο S POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 166.10 (rec exeg) ⟨κινεῖ⟩: γρ(άφετ)αι κινεῖται. —AbMn
POSITION: s.l. Mn, marg. Ab
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 166.12 (rec exeg) ⟨κινεῖ⟩: Ὀρέστης, ἐπὶ τρίτου προσώπου —K
POSITION: bottom marg. (166 + 167 are last lines of 61r)
Or. 166.13 (tri metr) ⟨κινεῖ⟩: long mark over iota —T
Or. 166.16 (pllgn gram) ἀντιστροφὴ —V3
POSITION: marg.
COMMENT: Perhaps the designation antistrophe indicates that the sense intended is equivalent to τὰ πέπλα κινεῖ τῷ σώματι.
KEYWORDS: antistrophe (of construction)
Or. 166.17 (rec paraphr) [undeciphered words + πέ]πλοις —R
POSITION: marg. (running from level of 166 to that of 168)
Or. 167.01 (167–168) (vet exeg) ⟨σὺ γάρ νιν⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ ‘σὺ γάρ νιν’ ἕως τοῦ ‘θωΰξασα’ τὸ κῶλον. —MBC
TRANSLATION: The colon runs from ‘because you him …’ up to ‘having cried out loudly’.
POSITION: marg. MB, intermarg. C
APP. CRIT.: second τοῦ] τὸ M |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.115,17; Dind. II.76,12–13
COMMENT: This note could be offering advice about where to pause in reading the sentence or reminding the reader to take θωΰξασα with σὺ despite the intervening ὦ τάλαινα, which, later at least, some took as parenthetic self-address (sch. 167.10–12). Alternatively, it could be a very rare comment on the division of lyric cola. If the latter, this division produces a colon of two iambs and spondee or molossus, followed by a dochmiac ἔβαλες ἐξ ὕπνου. In all three mss carrying this note, however, the division in the text is / σὺ … ἔβαλες / ἐξ ὕπνου /. |
Or. 167.02 (167–168) (pllgn paraphr) ἤγουν ἐξύπνισας αὐτὸν εἰποῦσα τὸ [161] ‘ὦ τάλας’. —Yf2
TRANSLATION: That is, you woke him from sleep when you said ‘o wretched man’.
POSITION: marg.
Or. 167.05 (tri exeg) ⟨σὺ γάρ⟩: τοῦτο πρὸς τὸ θωΰξασα —T
TRANSLATION: This phrase (‘because you’) is connected to (the participle) ‘having cried out loudly’.
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The comment is motivated by the fact that Triclinius accepts that ὦ τάλαινα is a parenthetic self-address (cf. 167.11).
Or. 167.07 (recThom gloss) ⟨νιν⟩: αὐτὸν —V1AbCrF2MnRfrSaOxYf2ZZa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 167.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ὦ τάλαινα⟩: πρὸς τὸν χορὸν ταῦτα λέγει. —AbMnSSa
TRANSLATION: She addresses this to the chorus.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: λέγει ταῦτα transp. Ab
KEYWORDS: addressee identified
Or. 167.09 (tri gloss) ⟨ὢ⟩: φεῦ —T
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Triclinius marked this with a cross as Moschopulean, but the gloss is not found in the standard witnesses and the mark is likely to be one of the few that Triclinius places incorrectly.
Or. 167.11 (tri exeg) ⟨τάλαινα⟩: ὑπάρχω ἐγὼ, διὰ μέσου —TZcr
TRANSLATION: (With ‘unhappy woman’ supply) ‘I am’, (taking it) parenthetically.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: διὰ μέσου om. Zc
COMMENT: There is a period between 167.09 and this gloss, but the cross before 167.09 might be intended to cover this remark as well.
KEYWORDS: addressee identified | διὰ μέσου
Or. 168.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨θωΰξασ’ ἔβαλες⟩: φωνήσασα ἐξέβαλες —AbMnPrRSSa
REF. SYMBOL: AbR POSITION: marg. AbR, s.l. MnPrSSa
Or. 168.04 (vet exeg) θωΰξασ’: 1ἀγρίως βοήσασα. 2τὸ γὰρ [161] ‘ὦ τάλας’ γεγωνότερον εἶπεν ὁ χορός. —MBVCPrRbRw
TRANSLATION: Having cried out wildly. For the chorus spoke the exclamation ‘o wretched man’ more loudly.
LEMMA: θωΰξασα BVPrRbRw, θωΰξας ἔβαλες MC REF. SYMBOL: BV
APP. CRIT.: 2 τὸν γὰρ M |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.115,8–9; Dind. II.76,13
Or. 168.05 (vet exeg) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: 1θηριώδει βοῇ χρησαμένη. 2καὶ ἴσως εἴρηται παρὰ τοὺς θῶας. 3τινὲς δέ φασιν ὅτι φωνῇ ἐχρήσατο θρηνώδει ὁ χορὸς γραφῆναι μὴ δυναμένῃ, ἰυγμῷ ἢ καὶ ἰυγμοῦ τραχυτέρᾳ, 4ὅπερ εἰώθασι ποιεῖν αἱ γυναῖκες ἐπὶ τοῖς ὑπερβάλλουσι κακοῖς. 5ἃ γὰρ μὴ δύναται γράφεσθαι, ταῦτα δι’ ἑτέρων προσώπων δηλοῦται, 6οἷόν τι καὶ παρὰ τῷ κωμικῷ οἰκέτου στενάξαντος ἕτερός φησιν [Com. adespota 743a Kock = Arist. fr. dub. 967 K–A]· ‘ἀκούεις, ὡς στένει’. —MBCPrRw
TRANSLATION: Having used a wild (animal-like) cry. And perhaps the word (‘thōussein’) has been formed by derivation from the word ‘jackals’ (‘thōes’). And some say that the chorus used a mournful sound that cannot be written, a cry of grief or a sound even harsher than that, which is just what women tend to do in extreme distress. Whatever (sounds on stage) cannot be written, these are made clear through (the statements of) other characters. For example, also in the comic poet when a slave uttered a groan, another says ‘do you hear how he groans?’
POSITION: cont. from all, prep. θωΰξασα δὲ M(θωύξας)BCRw
APP. CRIT.: 1 φωνῆ, with βοῆ s.l. Rw | χρησάμενος Pr | 2 παρὰ τοὺς θῶας Dind., παρὰ θῶας Rw, π. τ. θόας BCPr, app. M; perhaps read παρὰ τὸ θῶες (see comment) | 3 θρηνώδει] θηριώδει C | ἢ om. Rw | ἰυγμοῦ] ὑγμοῦ M, ἰυγμῷ C | τραχυτέρω C, ταχύτεροι app. Pr | 5 ὃ γὰρ Pr | δύνανται CRw | γραφῆναι Pr | δηλοῦνται C, δηλοῦσι Pr, om. Rw | 6 τι] ὅτι Pr | τῶν κωμικῶν PrRw | ἕτερος om. MC | ἀκούεις φησιν transp. MC | ᾧ στένει C, ὡς στενάζει Pr |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.115,10–15; Dind. II.76,3–9
COMMENT: Cf. Et. Magn. 461,3–4 θωΰσσειν: τὸ θηριώδει φωνῇ χρῆσθαι· ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ θῶες· ἢ θρηνώδη, which suggests this note may once have had παρὰ τὸ θῶες.
KEYWORDS: etymology | citation of literature other than Homer | Com. adespota | Aristophanes
Or. 168.06 (vet exeg) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: ἀγρίως βοήσασα· ἀπὸ τοῦ ζωοῦ. —H
TRANSLATION: Having cried out wildly. (The verb is derived) from the animal (i.e., the word for ‘jackal’).
POSITION: marg.
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 168.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: θηριώδει φωνῇ καὶ ἀσήμῳ χρησαμένη καὶ ἀγρίως βοήσασα —OVRb
POSITION: marg. O, cont. from sch. 168.04 VRb
APP. CRIT.: καὶ ἀσήμῳ om. O | καὶ ἀγρ. βοήσασα] ἐξ ὕπνου Rb, om. V |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.115, 9 app.
Or. 168.12 (thom gloss) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: μεγάλως βοήσασα —ZZaZb1ZlZmTGuAa
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: Gu reuses Gr’s βοήσασα. |
Or. 168.15 (rec gloss) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: †γράφεται καὶ ἐλάσασα —MC
LEMMA: θωύξας in text M POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἐγείρασα conj. Schw.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.115,16
COMMENT: Two possible explanations: (1) γράφεται καὶ has been added in error to a gloss, reflecting an interpretation of θωΰσσειν as transitive (on the ready analogy of θοάζω, perhaps even alleged derivation from it), as also attested in the next gloss and in one of the glosses offered for θωΰσσειν in Hesych. θ 1365, θηριωδῶς ὁρμᾶν; (2) γράφεται καὶ is genuine, but it was originally followed by ἔλασας, and the note applied to the next word, ἔβαλες (see Willink’s commentary and Diggle’s acceptance of ἔλασας in his text).
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 168.16 (rec gloss) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: ταράξασα —H4
Or. 168.17 (tri metr) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: koine short over omega, long mark over alpha —T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 47–48
Or. 168.18 (vet exeg) ⟨ἔβαλες ἐξ ὕπνου⟩: 1ἡ ἐξ πρόθεσις πρὸς τὸ ἔβαλες, 2ἐξέβαλες δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐξήγειρας. —MCRb, partial B
TRANSLATION: The preposition ‘out of’ (‘ex’) is to be attached to ‘you cast’ (‘ebales’), and (the compound) ‘you cast out of’ (‘exebales’) is equivalent to ‘you stirred up out of (rest)’ (‘exēgeiras’).
POSITION: intermarg. MC, marg. B; cont. from sch. 168.07 Rb
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἡ ἐξ … ἔβαλες om. B | πρόθεσις om. Rb | 2 ἐξέβαλες δὲ om. Rb | δὲ om. B | τοῦ om. M |
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἔβαλλες Rb |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.115,18–19; Dind. II.76,14–15
Or. 168.19 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔβαλες ἐξ ὕπνου⟩: ἡ ἐξ πρὸς τὸ ἔβαλες, οἷον ἐξέβαλες ἐχώρισας τοῦ ὕπνου. —V
TRANSLATION: The preposition ‘out of’ (‘ex’) is to be attached to ‘you cast’ (‘ebales’), as if to say ‘you cast out of, separated from, sleep’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 168.20 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἔβαλες ἐξ ὕπνου⟩: ἐξέβαλες τοῦ ὕπνου —XaXbXoT+YYfGrZc
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἐξέβαλε Zc
Or. 168.21 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔβαλες ὕπνου⟩: ἐξυπνεῖν ἐποίησας Ὀ[ρέστην]. —F
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: last word lost to trimmed margin
Or. 168.23 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔβαλες⟩: ἐδίωξας ἤγουν ἀνέστησας αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου. —Zu
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 168.24 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔβαλες⟩: ἐξέβαλες —AbG
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἔκβαλες Ab
COMMENT: Cf. F, in which the glossing hand changed ἔβαλλες in the line to ἐξέβαλλες and also indicated the reading in the margin with θωΰξασ’ ἐξέβαλλες.
Or. 168.25 (tri metr) ⟨(ἔβ)αλες⟩: ἀντὶ μιᾶς συλλαβῆς —T
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 48
Or. 169.01 (vet exeg) εὕδειν μὲν οὖν ἔδοξα: 1ἀντὶ τοῦ δοκῶ. 2καθησυχάζουσα δὲ τὴν Ἠλέκτραν φησὶν ὅτι καθεύδειν αὐτὸν νομίζω. 3διὸ ἐπιφέρει τὸ [173] ὑπνώσσει, ὁριστικὸν λέγων, ὡς ἀμφίβολον εἰποῦσα οὐκ ἔπεισεν. —BC
TRANSLATION: (Aorist ‘I thought’) used for (present) ‘I think’. Trying to calm Electra, she (the chorus) says that ‘I believe he is sleeping’. For this reason (i.e., the use of ‘think’) she adds later ‘he is asleep’, speaking in an indicative/definite form, since when she spoke with ambiguous caution she did not persuade (Electra).
LEMMA: C POSITION: marg. B
APP. CRIT.: 2 κατηχυσάζουσα C, καθηχυσάσουσα Arsenius | ὁριστικὸν ὑπνώσσει transp. C, but corr. with superscript numbers | 3 λέγων Mastr., λέγειν C, λέγει νῦν B (punct. after ὑπνώσσει and νῦν; no punct. C)
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.115,22–24; Dind. II.76,16–18
COMMENT: Compare 169.03. B’s νῦν appears to be secondary, and its reference is clumsy in a note on 169, although it would work in a separate note on 173.
Or. 169.02 (rec paraphr) εὕδειν μὲν οὖν ἔδοξα: ἐνόμισα αὐτὸν ἐν βάθει κοιμᾶσθαι. —V
TRANSLATION: I thought he was resting in the depths (of sleep).
LEMMA: V REF. SYMBOL: V
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.115,20–21; Dind. II.76,20
Or. 169.03 (rec exeg) ἄλλως: 1τὸ ἔδοξα ἀντὶ τοῦ δοκῶ. 2ἐξ οὗ ἐπάγει τὸ [173] ὑπνώσσει ὁριστικόν, ἐπεὶ πρώην ἀμφίβολον εἶπε καὶ οὐκ ἔπεισε. —V
TRANSLATION: The (aorist) form ‘I thought’ is used for (present) ‘I think’. Because of this (use of ‘think’), she (the chorus) adds later ‘he is asleep’ as a definite statement (or in the indicative) since she spoke earlier with ambiguous caution and did not persuade (Electra).
LEMMA: V
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.115,22–24 app.; Dind. II.76,21–22
Or. 169.04 (thom exeg) ⟨εὕδειν μὲν οὖν ἔδοξα⟩: ἐθώϋξα μὲν —ZZaZbZm
TRANSLATION: (To understand ‘however, I thought he was sleeping’ supply before it) ‘admittedly, I did cry out’.
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: This explanation without ναί shares the trait also seen in many annotations beginning with or consisting wholly of ναί: it clarifies the sense by making explicit the presupposition behind the statement at issue (here the adversative or corrective force of μέν οὖν). Compare the next as well as 168.11.
Or. 169.05 (tri paraphr) ⟨εὕδειν μὲν οὖν ἔδοξα⟩: ἐθώυξα μὲν, ἔδοξα δὲ κοιμᾶσθαι αὐτὸν. —T
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 169.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εὕδειν μὲν οὖν ἔδοξα⟩: κοιμᾶσθαι αὐτὸν ἐνόμισα. —Zb
POSITION: s.l., cont. from prev.
Or. 169.08 (rec gloss) ⟨εὕδειν⟩: κοιμᾶσθαι —V1AbCrMnPrRGuOxZlZm
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrMnOx
Or. 169.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔδοξα⟩: αὐτὸν —GZuGuB3a
POSITION: s.l. (above εὕδειν Zu, above νιν Gu, whose text has μὲν οὖν νιν)
Or. 169.13 (vet exeg) ⟨ἔδοξα⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ δοκῶ —HV3
TRANSLATION: (The aorist verb ‘edoxa’, ‘I believed’ is used) in the sense of (the present tense) ‘dokō’ (‘I believe’).
POSITION: marg. H, s.l. V
Or. 169.14 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔδοξα⟩: ὑπέλαβα —CrSSaYf2Ox
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. SOx | ὑπέλαβον CrOx
Or. 170.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀφ’ ἡμῶν⟩: μακρὰν ἡμῶν —Yf2
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.76,25
Or. 170.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀφ’ ἡμῶν⟩: πόρρω ἡμῶν —PrZu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Zu | ἡμῶν om. Pr
Or. 171.01 (rec gloss) ⟨πάλιν⟩: εἰς τοὐπίσω —V1AaCrMnPrSOxGuZuB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrSOx | εἰς om. Aa
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.76,26
Or. 171.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀνὰ πόδα σὸν⟩: ἤτοι οὐχὶ στρέψεις εἰς τοὐπίσω τὸν σὸν πόδα ἀφ’ ἡμῶν καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἡμετέρων οἴκων, ἀφεῖσα καὶ ἀμελοῦσα τοῦ κτύπου τοῦ ποιουμένου μετὰ σῶν ποδῶν [+ 2 short illegible words]. —Ra
REF. SYMBOL: Ra (to εἱλίξεις)
Or. 171.04 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀνὰ πόδα σὸν εἱλίξεις⟩: ἀναστρέψεις τὸν σὸν πόδα, ἐκ παραλλήλου τὸ πάλιν καὶ τὸ ἀνά. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: Will you turn back your step, with ‘ana’ and ‘palin’ used in parallel (to express the same idea).
POSITION: s.l. except X; as two sep. sch. in XoTG
APP. CRIT.: τὸν om. Y
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.76,27–28
KEYWORDS: ἐκ παραλλήλου
Or. 171.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀνὰ πόδα σὸν ἑλίξεις⟩: ἀνελίξεις καὶ εἰς τοὐπίσω στρέψεις —Yf2
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 171.06 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀνὰ⟩: σύναπτε τὸ ἀνὰ πρὸς τὸ ἑλίξεις —ZZaZbZlZmTGuOx2
TRANSLATION: Join ‘ana’ to ‘helixeis’ (to form the compound verb).
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: εἰρίξεις Zb, εἱλίξεις Zl (as in text Zl)
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.76,26–27
Or. 171.09 (vet gloss) ⟨εἱλίξεις⟩: ὑποστρέψεις —HMOV1CZu
POSITION: s.l. except marg. H, intermarg. M
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. V1Zu | -ψας Zu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.115,25
Or. 171.10 (rec gloss) ⟨εἱλίξεις⟩: οὐχὶ ὑποστρέφεις —AbMnRSSa
REF. SYMBOL: R POSITION: s.l. except marg. R
APP. CRIT. 2: οὐχ’ SSa |
Or. 171.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἑλίξεις⟩: ἤγουν οὐκ ἀπέλθῃς αὖθις εἰς τὸν οἶκον. —Z
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: last two words faint and uncertain
COLLATION NOTES: Check original Z. |
Or. 172.01 (rec gloss) ⟨ἔα⟩: ἔασον —Sa
LEMMA: ἔα in text before μεθεμένα Sa (partial gloss intruded, cf. 172.06) POSITION: s.l.
Or. 172.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μεθεμένα κτύπου⟩: παύου τῆς ταραχῆς. —G
POSITION: s.l., cont. from 172.09 ἀποστᾶσα
Or. 172.03 (rec gloss) ⟨μεθεμένα⟩: καταφρονοῦσα —MnPrRSSa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. S | καταφρονήσασα a.c. S
Or. 172.04 (rec gloss) ⟨μεθεμένα⟩: καταλείψασα —V1CrFPrOxB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 172.06 (rec gloss) ⟨μεθεμένα⟩: καὶ ἀφεῖσα —SaYf2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀφείσασα Sa
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.77,1
Or. 172.08 (mosch gloss) ⟨μεθεμένα⟩: ἀποστᾶσα —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.77,1
Or. 172.09 (thom gloss) ⟨μεθεμένα⟩: ἀπολειφθεῖσα —ZaZbZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.77,1
Or. 172.13 (rec gram) ⟨κτύπον⟩: μεθίεμαι προίεμαι αἰτιατικῇ. —K
LEMMA: κτύπον in text K POSITION: marg.
COMMENT: The doctrine here, as far as μεθίημι/μεθίεμαι is concerned, is the opposite of the usual: Suda μ 789 μετίημι αιτιατικῇ; and several sch. rec. on Arist. Plut. 42 and 75 have τὸ μεθίημι ἐνεργητικῶς πρὸς αἰτακὴν συντάσσεται … παθητικῶς δὲ πρὸς γενικήν or the like. For προίεμαι, however, Suda π 2395 (and some derivative lexicons) give προέσθαι προτιμήσασθαι αιτιατικῇ.
Or. 172.14 (rec exeg) ⟨κτύπου⟩: κτύπον —AbMnSSa
LEMMA: κτύπον in text p.c. S POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἢ τὸν prep. S
Or. 172.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κτύπου⟩: τοῦ κτύπου οὗ ποιεῖτε —Yf2
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.77,2
Or. 173.01 (vet exeg) ὑπνώσσει: 1μὴ ταράσσου, φησὶν ὁ χορὸς, κοιμᾶται γάρ. 2τὰ γὰρ δύο σ̅σ̅ ἐνεστῶτος ποιοῦσι τὸ ῥῆμα. —H3MBCPr
TRANSLATION: Do not be distraught, says the chorus, for he is sleeping. For the double sigma makes the verb present tense (scil. as opposed to a future, with one sigma, from transitive ‘hupnoō’).
LEMMA: MC REF. SYMBOL: H3 POSITION: marg. B; between (out-of-order) sch. 147.05 and sch. 162.11 Pr (16r)
APP. CRIT.: 1 ταράσσαι H3 | 2 γὰρ] δὲ Pr | δύο om. C | ἐνεστῶτος Schw., ἐνε() H, ἐνεστωτ() B, ἐνεστῶτα M(‑ώτα)CPr | ποιοῦσι τὸ ῥῆμα] ῥῆμα ποιοῦσι τὸ ὑπνώσσω B |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.115,26–27; Dind. II.76,19–20
Or. 173.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ὑπνώσσει⟩: [ ca. 15 ](?)μακρὰ(?) κυρίως τοῦ μέλλοντος / [? ca. 10 ]. —K
POSITION: in lower marg.
COMMENT: The lower left corner of the page has water damage. The three words that seem most secure suggest this note was related to 173.01 and 173.03.
Or. 173.06 (recThom gloss) ⟨ὑπνώσσει⟩: κοιμᾶται —CrMnSSaOxZZaZbZlZmGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrSOx
APP. CRIT. 2: κοιμᾶτται Za |
Or. 173.10 (rec gram) ⟨ὑπνώσσει⟩: [τὸ σ]ωφρονεῖν πρὸς τὸ μαίνεσθαι· τὸ νήφειν πρὸς τὸ μεθύειν· καὶ τὸ γρηγορεῖν πρὸς τὸ ὑπνώττειν. —K
TRANSLATION: To be sound-minded is the opposite of to be insane. To be sober is the opposite of to be drunk. And to be awake is the opposite of to be asleep.
POSITION: in lower marg.
COMMENT: The only example in TLG of γρηγορεῖν and ὑπνώτττειν used as opposites is in Manuel Holobolus (13–14th cent.). | There is another partial line, damaged, below this. It seems to end in ]αριστῶ, perhaps ]χαριστῶ (εὐ]χαριστῶ?). Since this is not an infinitive (and there is no obvious antonym of εὑχαριστῶ), this is probably a separate note (or scribal prayer?) and not a continuation of the list of antonyms.
COLLATION NOTES: Check original K 61v lower margin. |
Or. 173.11 (vet exeg) λέγεις εὖ: 1ἀληθῶς καὶ καλῶς λέγεις. 2ταῦτα δέ φησι σκοπήσασα αὐτὸν κοιμώμενον. —MBOCPr
TRANSLATION: You speak truly and well. And she says this having seen that he is sleeping.
LEMMA: MCPr POSITION: marg. B, s.l. O
APP. CRIT.: 1 καὶ καλῶς λέγεις om. O | 2 δέ om. O | αὐτὸν κοιμώμενον] Schw. (from next), ἀποκοιμώμενον O, ἀπὸ τοῦ κοιμωμένου MBCPr
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.116,1–2; Dind. II.77,3–4
Or. 173.12 (rec exeg) λέγεις εὖ: 1ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀληθῶς λέγεις. 2ὡς καὶ αὐτὴ θεωρήσασα αὐτὸν κοιμώμενόν φησιν. —VMnRbSSa, partial V1
TRANSLATION: Meaning you speak truly. She says (this) since she has herself too observed him sleeping.
LEMMA: lemma VRb REF. SYMBOL: VRb POSITION: s.l. except VR
APP. CRIT.: 2 ὡς καὶ κτλ om. V1 | ὡς om. S | αὐτὸν θεωρ. transp. Mn | αὐτὸν κοιμ. om. S
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.116,3–4; Dind. II.77,4–5
Or. 173.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λέγεις εὖ⟩: ἐν τῷ εἰπεῖν ‘εὖ λέγεις’ προσήγγισε καὶ ἡ Ἠλέκτρα τῷ Ὀρέστῃ καὶ οὕτως λέγει τὸ εὖ. —F
POSITION: marg.
KEYWORDS: staging, position or gesture of actors
|
Or. 174.01 (174–186) (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: πότνια πότνια: 0ἡ βʹ αὕτη στροφὴ κώλων ἐστὶ ιγʹ. 1τὸ αʹ τροχαϊκὸν πενθημιμερὲς ἐκ δύο χορείων. εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἰαμβικόν. 2‑3τὸ βʹ καὶ γʹ παιωνικὰ ἡμιόλια ἐκ παίωνων δʹ καὶ ἰάμβων. 4τὸ δʹ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἐκ χορείων. εἰ δὲ βούλει, ὅμοιον τῷ αʹ καὶ τῆς ἐκεῖ μακρᾶς διαλελυμένης ἐν τούτῳ. 5τὸ εʹ ὅμοιον τῷ βʹ. 6τὸ ϛʹ παιωνικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἐκ παιώνων πρώτων βʹ, τοῦ πρώτου πενταβράχεος, καὶ δύο συλλαβῶν ἀδιαφόρων. 7‑8τὸ ζʹ καὶ τὸ ηʹ ὅμοια τῷ βʹ. 9τὸ θʹ παιωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ παίωνος βʹ καὶ πρώτου. 10τὸ ιʹ ἀναπαιστικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἐκ βʹ ἀναπαίστων καὶ ἰάμβου. εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ παίωνος γʹ καὶ διιάμβου. 11τὸ ιαʹ δακτυλικὸν ἑφθημιμερὲς. 12τὸ ιβʹ τροχαϊκὸν ἢ ἰαμβικὸν ἑφθημιμερὲς ἐκ τριῶν χορείων καὶ συλλαβῆς. 13τὸ ιγʹ ἰωνικὸν ἀπὸ μείζονος τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ παίωνος αʹ ἀντὶ ἰωνικοῦ, διτροχαίου καὶ ἐπιτρίτου γʹ διὰ τὴν ἀδιάφορον, ἢ ἰωνικοῦ. ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει παράγραφος καὶ διπλαῖ ἔσω καὶ ἔξω νενευκυῖαι, ἡ μὲν ἐν ἀρχῇ τοῦ κώλου, ἡ δὲ κατὰ τὸ τέλος, δηλοῦσαι ἔχειν ἀνταπόδοσιν. —T |
1174=195 ⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑⏑,‒ / ⏑⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑,‒ |
TRANSLATION: This second strophe consists of thirteen cola. The first is a trochaic penthemimer consisting of two chorei; or if you prefer, iambic. The second and third cola are paeonic of one and a half measures, consisting of fourth paeons and iambs (scil. one paeon, one iamb in each). The fourth colon is a brachycatalectic iambic dimeter consisting of chorei; or if you prefer, like the first colon, with the long syllable found there resolved in this one. The fifth is similar to the second. The sixth is a brachycatalectic paeonic dimeter composed of two first paeons, the first being of five syllables, and two indifferent syllables. The seventh and eighth are like the second. The ninth is an acatalectic paeonic dimeter composed of a second paeon and a first paeon. The tenth is a brachycatalectic antispastic dimeter consisting of two anapaests and an iamb; or if you prefer, an acatalectic ionic dimeter composed of a third paeon and a double iamb. The eleventh is a dactylic hephthemimer (scil. three and a half dactyls). The twelfth is a trochaic or iambic hepthemimer composed of three chorei and a syllable. The thirteenth is an acatalectic ionic a maiore trimeter composed of a first paeon in place of an ionic, a double trochee, and a third epitrite because of the (final) indifferent (syllable), or an ionic. At the end a paragraphos and diple-marks pointing inwards and outwards, one at the beginning of the colon, the other at the end, the marks indicating that (the strophe) has corresponsion.
LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.11,19–12,4; de Fav. 48
COMMENT: The description of colon 6 (179=200) requires that the third syllable of Ἀγαμεμνόνειον be treated as short, although Triclinius does not apply his koine short symbol here. Matthiae proposed and Dindorf accepted τοῦ βʹ πεντασυλλάβου, Dindorf arguing that the five-short sequence was ‑νόνιον ἐπὶ, but Triclinius wrote ‑νόνειον ἐπὶ, which indeed gives an ordinary first paeon ‑νειον ἐπὶ in 179 before the two extra syllables. It is unusual, however, that he does not here note the difference in the corresponding line 200, where the second first paeon is also of five syllables.
Or. 174.02 (174–186) (tri metr) στροφὴ ἑτέρα κώλων ιγʹ —T
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 48
Or. 174.03 (vet exeg) πότνια πότνια νύξ: ἐπικαλεῖται τὴν Νύκτα πρὸς τὸ κοιμίσαι τὸν Ὀρέστην. —HMBVCMnRbSSa
TRANSLATION: She invokes Night to ask her to put Orestes to sleep.
LEMMA: V, πότνια MnRbS REF. SYMBOL: VRb POSITION: intermarg. HMC, s.l. B
APP. CRIT.: πρὸς τὸ] εἰς τὸ MnSSaSSa, εἰς πρὸς τὸ Rb | κοιμῆσαι CRb, προκοιμῆσαι SSa, προσκοιμήσαι Mn, κοιμηθῆναι M
APP. CRIT. 2: κοιμῖσαι H, corr. H3 |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.116,5; Dind. II.77,11–12
Or. 174.04 (vet exeg) πότνια πότνια νὺξ ὑπνοδότειρα: 1ὁ κατὰ φύσιν ὕπνος ἐξ ὑγρότητος γίνεται· 2ὑγρὰ δὲ ἡ νὺξ ἀφισταμένου τοῦ ἡλίου τοῦ ξηραίνοντος καὶ θερμαίνοντος τὸν ἀέρα. 3ὁ τοίνυν Ὀρέστης ἐξηραμμένος ὑπὸ νόσου τε καὶ ἀσιτίας, ὑγρανθεὶς τῷ νυκτερινῷ καταστήματι μᾶλλον κοιμηθήσεται, ἄλλως τε καὶ τῶν αἰσθήσεων ἠρεμουσῶν ἐν σκότῳ. 4ἕπεται ὕπνος ἡσυχίᾳ αἰσθήσεων καὶ κινήσεων. —MBVCMnPrRb1Rb2SSa, partial HH3Rw
TRANSLATION: Sleep that occurs naturally comes from moisture. Night is moist because of the departure of the sun that dries and warms the air. Thus, Orestes, dried out by sickness and lack of food, once moistened by the nighttime weather, will more likely fall asleep, especially because the senses are at rest in the darkness. Sleep follows upon inactivity of senses and movements.
LEMMA: MC, ὑπνοδότειρα B, νὺξ ὑπνοδότειρα Rw, πότνια νὺξ Pr REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: cont. from prev. VMnRb2SSa, all with ὁ γὰρ; Rb1 version appended to sch. 162.11 (beg. last line of 92r)
APP. CRIT.: 1–2 written by H, 3–4 by H3 | 2 ὑγρὰ … νὺξ] ἡ νὺξ γὰρ ὑγρὰ Rw | ὑγρὰ] ὑγρὸν H | δὲ ἡ] δὲ οὖσα ἡ VMnRb2(οὖσαν)SSa | ἀφισταμένη V, ἀμφισταμένην Rb2 | τοῦ ἡλίου] ἡλίου H, τούτου Rb1 | καὶ θερμαίνοντος om. MMnRb2SSa | after ἀέρα add. ἐπάγει τὸν ἐξ ὑγρότητος γινόμενον ὕπνον VRb2SSa | 3 ἐξηράνθη Rw | τε transp. before ὑπὸ H3 | αἰτίας Rw | 3–4 ἄλλως τε καὶ κτλ om. Rw; ἄλλως written as beginning a new sch. CRb2 (with new ref. symbol Rb2) | 3 ἄλλως τε] om. M, ἀλλ’ ὥστε Rb1, ἄλλως δὲ H3 | ἠρεμουσῶν] θερμῶν οὐσῶν Pr | σκότει VCMnPrSSa | 4 ὁ ὕπνος VPrRb1 | ἡσυχ. …κινήσεων om. VMnRb2SSa | ἡσυχίαν H3M(ἠσ‑)C
APP. CRIT. 2: ἀμφισταμένου Rb1 | 3 ἐξηραμένος H3VMnRb1S (corr. s.l. H3Mn) | ὑπο ὑπο Mn | ἀσιτείας Mn | ἡρεμ. H3VS, a.c. or p.c. C | 4 ἔπεται MC |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.116,6–11; Dind. II.77,12–17
KEYWORDS: scientific explanation
Or. 174.05 (vet exeg) πότνια πότνια νύξ: 1τοῦτο τὸ μέλος ἐπὶ ταῖς λεγομέναις νήταις ᾄδεται καί ἐστιν ὀξύτατον. 2ἀπίθανον οὖν τὴν Ἠλέκτραν ὀξείᾳ φωνῇ κεχρῆσθαι, καὶ ταῦτα ἐπιπλήσσουσαν τῷ χορῷ. 3ἀλλὰ κέχρηται μὲν τῷ ὀξεῖ ἀναγκαίως, οἰκεῖον γὰρ τῶν θρηνούντων, λεπτότατα δὲ ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα. —H3BPr
TRANSLATION: This song is sung on the so-called lowermost strings and is very high-pitched. So it is unconvincing (scil. as part of the poet’s duty of dramatic representation) that Electra use a high-pitched voice, especially when she is rebuking the chorus (for being too loud). But she does use the high pitch, necessarily—for this is proper to those lamenting—, but in as softly as she possibly can.
LEMMA: H3, ἄλλως in marg. B, ἄλλως Pr REF. SYMBOL: H3 POSITION: between sch. 177.01 and 183.11 in BPr
APP. CRIT.: 1 τοῦτο … ἐστιν om. H3 | λεγόμεναι B | 2 τῆ ἠλέκτρ()Pr | καὶ ταῦτα] καίτοι H3 | 3 λεπτότατα Schw., λεπτότερον all | δὲ ὡς κτλ om. Pr |
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ὀξέα B | ἐπιπλήσουσα H3, ἐπιπλήσουσαν Pr |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.116,14–17; Dind. II.77,19–23
KEYWORDS: ἀπίθανον | criticism and defence of poet
Or. 174.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πότνια πότνια νύξ⟩: ὡς θεὸν εἶχον τὴν νύκτα τὴν ἡμέραν καὶ τὰ πάντα. —Yf2
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 174.07 (tri metr) ⟨πότνια πότνια⟩: koine short over each omicron —T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 48
Or. 174.08 (recTri gloss) ⟨πότνια⟩: σεβασμία —V1AbCrPrSaOxXo2Yf2Zb2ZlZuT
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ ὦ prep. CrOx
Or. 175.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ὑπνοδότειρα⟩: ἡ τὸν ὕπνον διδοῦσα —V1
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τοῦ ὕπνου a.c. V1
Or. 175.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ὑπνοδότειρα⟩: ἡ δωρουμένη τὸν ὕπνον —SaZc
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὸν ὕπνον δωρ. transp. Zc
Or. 175.04 (mosch exeg) ὑπνοδότειρα: 1ἡ τοὺς ὕπνους δωρουμένη τοῖς πολυπόνοις βροτοῖς. 2δίδωσι δὲ τοὺς ὕπνους ἡ νὺξ ἐξαιρέτως διὰ τὸ ὑγρὰ εἶναι τῇ ἀποστάσει τοῦ ἡλίου τοῦ ξηραίνοντος τὸν ἀέρα. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: She who gives sleep to mortals who have many toils. Night in particular gives sleep because she is moist because of the withdrawal of the sun that dries the air.
LEMMA: TG REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. XaXbYGr
APP. CRIT.: 2 τὸν ἀέρα om. Y
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.77,24–78,2
Or. 175.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὑπνοδότειρα⟩: διδοῦσα τὸν ὕπνον τοῦ πολυπόνου βροτοῦ —Yf2
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 175.07 (thom gloss) ⟨ὑπνοδότειρα⟩: παρεκτικὴ ὕπνου —ZZaZbZlZmZuTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: παρεκτητικὴ Zb | τοῦ add. s.l. Zu
Or. 176.01 (rec exeg) ⟨τῶν πολυπόνων βροτῶν⟩: λείπει τὸ ⟨τῷ⟩ πλήθει. —R
TRANSLATION: Supply ‘to the multitude’ (i.e., to govern ‘of mortals who have many toils’).
POSITION: marg.
KEYWORDS: λείπει
Or. 176.02 (thom gloss) ⟨πολυπόνων⟩: πολυμόχθων —ZZaZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: πομόχθων Za
Or. 177.01 (vet exeg) Ἐρεβόθεν ἴθι: 1ἔδει ἐκ Χάους εἰπεῖν, ὡς Ἡσίοδος· 2[Hes. Theog. 123] ‘ἐκ Χάεος Ἔρεβός τε μέλαινά τε Νὺξ ἐγένοντο’. —MBVCMnPraPrbRbSSa
TRANSLATION: He (the poet) should have said ‘from Chaos’, as Hesiod: ‘from Chaos Erebus and black Night were born’.
LEMMA: MVCMnRbSSa(om. ἐρεβόθεν, leaving blank space), cont. from sch. 174.04, add. δὲ, BPra; labels χάος and ἡσίοδος add. in marg. late hand in B REF. SYMBOL: MVRb POSITION: s.l. Prb
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἔδει … ὡς] καὶ Prb | ἔδει] ἤδη Pra | ἐκ] εἰς MC, καὶ ἐκ Pra | 1–2 εἰπεῖν … χάεος om. PraPrb | 2 ἐκ] εἰς M | χάεος] χάους VRbSSa | ἔρεβή app. Mn, ἐν ἐρέβους Prb | μέλαιναί C, μελαίνη Pra | ἐγένοντο] om. M, ἐγίνετο MnRbSSa, a.c. Pra, ἐγένετο BPrb, p.c. Pra
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.116,12–13; Dind. II.77,18–19
KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Hesiod
Or. 177.02 (rec gloss) ⟨Ἐρεβόθεν⟩: ἤτοι ἐκ χάους —V1F2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤτοι om. F2 | ἐκ τοῦ χ. F2 |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.116,12–13; Dind. II.
Or. 177.05 (rec gloss) ⟨Ἐρεβόθεν⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ σκότους —Aa3AbCrMnPr2RSSaOx
POSITION: s.l. except marg. R
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrSOx, ἤγουν prep. Pr2 | ἀπὸ τοῦ lost to damage R |
Or. 177.07 (mosch gloss) ⟨Ἐρεβόθεν⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐρέβους —XXaXbXoYfT+GGrPr2
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἐρέβου Pr | ἴθι add. X |
Or. 177.09 (thom exeg) ⟨Ἐρεβόθεν⟩: 1Ἐρεβόθεν ἐλθεῖν τὴν νύκτα καλεῖ, τουτέστιν ἀπὸ τοῦ χάους. 2κατερχομένου γὰρ τοῦ ἡλίου εἰς τὸ ὑπὸ γῆν ἡμισφαίριον, σκότος ἐπάνω τῆς γῆς γίνεται, ὥσπερ ἐκ τῶν κάτωθεν ἀνιέναι δοκοῦν, 3οὐχ ὡς ὂν ἐν τοῖς κάτω καὶ ἀνερχόμενον, ἀλλὰ τῇ ἀπουσίᾳ τοῦ φωτὸς τοῦτο ὑφίσταται, οὐκ ἔχον αὐτὸ καθ’ ἑαυτὸ οἰκείαν ὑπόστασιν. 4ἐλθεῖν δὲ λέγει τὴν νύκτα οὐχ ἵνα γένηται νύξ 5(πῶς γὰρ οἷόν τε ἡμέρας οὔσης;), 6ἀλλ’ ἐπειδὴ ἐν νυκτὶ ὑπνώττουσιν ἄνθρωποι, διὰ τοῦτο τοῦτο φησίν, 7ἄλλως τε καὶ οἱ κοιμώμενοι ὥσπερ νύκτα ἔχουσι διὰ τὸ μὴ ὁρᾶν. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: She calls on Night to come from Erebus, that is, from the dark abyss. For when the sun goes down into the hemisphere beneath the earth, darkness occurs above the earth, seeming as it were to rise up from regions below, not because it really is in the regions below and comes up, but by the absense of light this (darkness) exists, not having in and of itself an existence of its own. And she tells night to come not in order than night may fall—for how would that be possible when it is daytime?—, but because in the night humans sleep, for this reason she says this. Above all, those who sleep have a sort of night because they do not see.
REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm
APP. CRIT.: Zl damaged and mostly lost to trimming after 2 ἐπάνω τῆς | 1 τὴν νύκτα ἐλθεῖν app. transp. Zl | 2 ὑπὸ γῆς Gu | 3 καὶ om. Zb | 6 οἱ ἄνθρ. Zb
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.78,3–11
KEYWORDS: scientific explanation
Or. 177.10 (pllgn gram) ⟨Ἐρεβόθεν⟩: 1ἡ ἀπουσία τοῦ φωτὸς ἐστὶν ἡ νύξ· 2ὡσαύτως ἡ ἀπουσία τῆς νυκτὸς τὸ φῶς. —Yf2
POSITION: marg.
Or. 177.11 (recTri gloss) ⟨ἴθι⟩: ἐλθέ —AbFRSZb2ZlT
POSITION: s.l., except marg. R
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. S
Or. 178.05 (vetThom gloss) ⟨κατάπτερος⟩: ταχεῖα —HMOVFF2GPrRSaZZaZbZlZmZc
POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. M and marg. F
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.116,18; Dind. II.78,11
Or. 178.07 (mosch exeg) κατάπτερος: ταχεῖα ἀντὶ τοῦ ταχέως —XXaXbXoT+Yf2Gr
TRANSLATION: (Meaning) ‘swift’, (the adjective) used instead of (the adverb) ‘swiftly’.
LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. X
APP. CRIT. 2: ταχέα X |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.78,11–12
Or. 179.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨τὸν Ἀγαμεμνόνειον⟩: καὶ τὸν τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος, ἤτοι τοῦ Ὀρέστου —V1
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 179.02 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨Ἀγαμεμνόνειον⟩: τὸν τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος —F2TXo2Yf2Zu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Zu | τὸν om. Xo2Yf2
COLLATION NOTES: Indistinct traces of washed out gloss in top margin of Zl, perhaps something longer than this. |
Or. 179.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπὶ δόμον⟩: γράφεται καὶ ἐπὶ δόμων. —M
POSITION: intermarg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.116,19
COMMENT: Schw. emended to δόμον, assuming the note comes from a ms that (unlike M itself) had ἐπὶ γόνον in the text.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 179.04 (rec exeg) ⟨δόμον⟩: γρ. γόνον —V3AbCrMnPrRSSaOx
POSITION: s.l. except marg. AbR
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 180.03 (recTri gloss) ⟨ἀλγέων⟩: θλίψεων —V1Zb2ZlTCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. V1, καὶ τῶν prep. CrOx | θλίβεων a.c. Ox
Or. 182.01 (pllgn rhet) ⟨διοιχόμεσθ’ οἰχόμεσθα⟩: παρένθεσις —B3a
POSITION: marg.
KEYWORDS: παρένθεσις
Or. 182.03 (rec gloss) ⟨διοιχόμεθ’⟩: ἀπωλόμεθα —R
REF. SYMBOL: R POSITION: marg.
APP. CRIT.: ἀπολώμεθα R
Or. 182.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨διοιχόμεθ’⟩: ἐφθάρμεθα —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.78,13
Or. 183.01 (vet exeg) ⟨κτύπον ἠγάγετ’⟩: καὶ τοῦτο κατὰ ἀναφώνησιν λέγει ἡ Ἠλέκτρα. —MB
TRANSLATION: This too Electra speaks as a (suddenly louder) exclamation.
POSITION: intermarg. M, marg. B
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.116,20; Dind. II.78,14–15
COLLATION NOTES: B probably by first hand, but rewritten later. |
KEYWORDS: staging, delivery of lines | ἀναφώνησις
Or. 183.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨183 κτύπον⟩: … μ(ην) / …υν / …ες (or …ους) —R
REF. SYMBOL: R POSITION: marg.
APP. CRIT.: remnant of damaged note or notes
Or. 183.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἠγάγετ’⟩: ἠνέγκετε(?) —Zb2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: app. erased, faint and uncertain
Or. 183.08 (183–186) (vet paraphr) οὐχὶ σῖγα σῖγα: 1oὐ σιωπήσεις, φησὶν, ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος φυλασσομένη τὸ ἀνακελαδεῖν καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς κοίτης ὕπνου χάριν ἥσυχον αὐτῷ παρέξεις; 2ἢ τὸν κέλαδον ἄπωθεν τοῦ λέχους ποιουμένη. 3οἷον· οὐ σιγήσεις καὶ μετὰ ἡσυχίας αὐτὸν ἐάσεις κοιμηθῆναι; —MBVCMnPrRaRbSSa, partial HO
TRANSLATION: Will you not be silent, she says, warding off from your mouth the raising of a loud cry, and will you not let him enjoy in peace the delight of sleep that derives from the bed? Or, making the loud cry far off from the bed. As if to say, will you not be silent and let him sleep in peace?
LEMMA: οὐχὶ σίγα σίγα B, σίγα σίγα φυλασσομένα M(‑όμενα)C, σίγα σίγα VMnPrRbSa, ἵγα σίγα S (σίγα σίγα in text all) REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb
APP. CRIT.: 1 οὐ σιωπήσεις … παρέξεις om. O | φυλασσόμενος Rb, ‑μενον Mn | τοῦ ὕπνου HVMnRaRbSSa | αὐτῷ] αὐτὸν M, αὐτῆ Pr | 2 ἢ τὸν … ποιουμένη om. H | ἄπωθεν OC | ποιουμένην Mn | 3 οἷον] om. O, ἤγουν MnSSa | οὐ] οὐχὶ O, om. Pr | αὐτὸν] ἐαυτὸν M, αυτὸν with both breathings O | μετὰ τῆς ἡσυχ. Rb |
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 σιωπήσει Sa | κοτης Rb | 2 ἄποθεν MBVMnPrRaRbSSa | λέχεος MOC | 3 οἶον M
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.116,21–25; Dind. II.78,19–23
Or. 183.09 (tri exeg) ἡμέτερον: ‘οὔμενουν’ γράφειν χρὴ ἐνταῦθα, ἢ ‘οὐδαμῶς’. ἁρμόζει γὰρ ἀμφότερα τῷ μέτρῳ. τὸ δὲ οὐχὶ ἐλλιπές ἐστιν. —T
TRANSLATION: One should write here (in place of transmitted ‘ouchi’, ‘not’) ‘oumenoun’ (‘no indeed’), or ‘oudamōs’ (‘in no way’). For both fit the meter, but ‘ouchi’ is deficient (in number of syllables).
LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.12,5–6; de Fav. 48
COMMENT: Triclinius accepts the speaker-division found in some mss that assigns the negative to the chorus and has Electra resume with σῖγα/σίγα.
KEYWORDS: Triclinius, emendation by
Or. 184.01 (184–186) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σῖγα σῖγα φυλασσομένα⟩: 1εἰ φυλάξεις, φησὶ, τὸν κέλαδον καὶ τὸν ἦχον καὶ τὴν φώνην σου ἄπο καὶ μακρὰν τῆς στρωμνῆς αὐτοῦ, 2ἤγουν σιωπήσεις καὶ οὐ λαλεῖς πλησίον αὐτοῦ, 3δώσεις τούτῳ ἥσυχον χαρὰν ὕπνου. —Y2Yf2
TRANSLATION: If you will keep the loud cry and the tumult and your voice away from and far from his bed, that is, will be silent and not speak near him, you will give this man peaceful enjoyment of sleep.
APP. CRIT.: 1 σου om. Yf2 | ἀπομακρὰν (καὶ om.) Y2 |
APP. CRIT. 2: 3 χαρᾶς Y2 |
Or. 184.03 (mosch paraphr) ⟨σῖγα σῖγα⟩: μετὰ σιγῆς, διαλέγου δηλονότι —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: δηλονότι om. GZc
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.78,16
Or. 184.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φυλασσομένα⟩: τὸ ἀνά ἀπὸ τοῦ + damaged word —B3a
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The note apparently is trying to convey that ἀνα in the next line should be joined to this participle to make ἀναφυλασσομένα. In fact a hypodiastole has been added by a later hand to divide ἀνα from κέλαδον, along with a grave on the second alpha of ἀνα (one might have expected an acute to be added on the first alpha instead). The damaged word ought perhaps to be κέλαδον, but although the first trace of the damaged word does look like κ, the next trace looks more like α or ευ than ε, and the suspended remainder of the word does not look like any part of λαδον. |
Or. 184.07 (thom paraphr) φυλασσομένα: ἤγουν ἀφεῖσα μεγάλα βοᾶν πλησίον τῆς αὐτοῦ κοίτης καὶ πόρρω γενομένη ὀνήσεις αὐτὸν ὡς ὑπνώσσοντα. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: That is, ceasing to cry out loudly near his bed and removing yourself to a distance you will benefit him, since he is sleeping.
LEMMA: T POSITION: s.l. except T
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Gu | ὡς ὑπν. om. Zl (margin lost to trimming, but probably not enough space)
APP. CRIT. 2: ἀφῆσα Z | ὑπνώσοντα Za |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.78,23–25
Or. 184.11 (rec metr) ⟨φυλασσομένα⟩: long mark over alpha —O
Or. 185.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀνακέλαδον⟩: τὸ ἀναβοᾶν καὶ θορυβεῖν —B4
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: Vowel ligature in ending of θορυβ‑ very faint, could perhaps be ου, not ει. |
Or. 185.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀνακέλαδον⟩: ἦχον —V1AbCrFMnRSSaYf2Ox
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx, καὶ τὸν prep. MnS, τὸν prep. Yf2
Or. 185.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἀνακέλαδον⟩: τὴν εἰς ὕψος φωνήν —XXaXbXoYYfGGr
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: εἰς τὸ ὕψος G
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.78,26
Or. 185.06 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀνακέλαδον⟩: μέγαν ἦχον —ZZaZbZlZmTGuAa
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.78,26
Or. 185.08 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἀπὸ λέχεος⟩: τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ λέχους χαράν —MC
TRANSLATION: The delight (that derives) from the bed.
POSITION: intermarg. M, marg. C
APP. CRIT.: τὴν] τινὰ M
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.26
Or. 185.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄπο λέχεος⟩: ἔξωθεν τοῦ λέχους ἅπτε· δεῖ λαμβάνειν ἔξωθεν σύνδεσμον ἵνα. —Pr
TRANSLATION: Link ‘of the bed’ from outside (scil. it does not go with the preposition just before it). It is necessary to supply from outside a conjunction ‘in order that’ (scil. to relate the imperatives ‘siga siga’ in 184 to the next finite verb ‘parexeis’ in 186).
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἅπτε] απτ() Pr
COMMENT: The first sentence perhaps means that the genitive ‘the bed’ does not go with the preposition that directly precedes it but with something else (χαρὰν?). As to the second sentence, an alternative would be to consider the note incomplete and treat ἵνα as introducting ἵνα ᾖ … . In either case, the suggestion of supplying a conjunction seems to assume the imperative reading σίγα σίγα (but Pr itself has σιγᾶ σιγᾶ in its text here).
Or. 185.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπὸ λέχεος⟩: καὶ τὴν —O
LEMMA: ἄπο λέχεος in text O POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: This indicates that the following words form a single noun-phrase with χαράν. |
Or. 185.16 (recThom gloss) ⟨λέχεος⟩: κοίτης —OV1RYf2ZZaZb2Zmrec
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τῆς prep. RZb2, ἀπὸ τῆς prep. Yf2
Or. 185.18 (rec gloss) ⟨λέχεος⟩: κραβάττου(?) —Ab
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The word is faint, perhaps from the water damage across the top of the page. I interpret the scribe as having written a truncated form κρα()ττ() (the ττ is suspended above alpha). |
COLLATION NOTES: Recheck original Ab 44v top. |
Or. 186.01 (rec exeg) ἥσυχον ὕπνου χαρὰν: τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς κοίτης —Rb
LEMMA: ἥσυχον Rb REF. SYMBOL: Rb
APP. CRIT.: κοι*τῆς Rb, perhaps κοιττ a.c. |
Or. 186.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ἥσυχον⟩: πραεῖαν —F2R
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: πραεῖς R, only faint traces of πρα F2
Or. 186.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἥσυχον⟩: γρ. ἡσύχως —Zu
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 186.10 (mosch gloss) ⟨χαρὰν⟩: ἡδονήν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: Ta omits cross. |
Or. 186.13 (rec exeg) ⟨παρέξεις⟩: εἰ τοῦτο ποιήσεις —MnB3a
POSITION: s.l., B over φίλα (displaced by earlier glosses), Mn over ἥσυχον ὕπνου
APP. CRIT.: εἰς Mn
Or. 186.18 (rec metr) ⟨φίλα⟩: long mark over alpha —O
Or. 186.20 (tri metr) diple pointing outwards at left, paragraphos and diple pointing inwards at right —T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 48
Or. 187.01 (187–194) (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: θρόει τίς κακῶν: 1τὸ παρὸν σύστημα ὅμοιόν ἐστι τῷ πρὸ τῆς εἰρημένης στροφῆς συστήματι, οὗ ἡ ἀρχὴ [166] ‘ὁρᾷς ἐν πέπλοις’. 2καὶ τοῦτο γὰρ κώλων ἐστὶν ὁμοίων ηʹ. 3ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει παράγραφος. —T
TRANSLATION: The present metrical system is similar to the system [166–173] that precedes the strophe just discussed [174–186], of which the first words are [166] ‘do you see in his robes’. For this one too is of eight similar cola. At the end a paragraphos.
LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 app. κῶλον a.c. T |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.12,7–9; de Fav. 48
Or. 187.02 (vet exeg) θρόει τίς κακῶν: 1λέγε ποῖον τέλος αὐτὸν ἐκδέχεται, 2πότερον δύναται ῥαΐσαι ἢ οὔ. —HMBCPraPrbR, partial OG
TRANSLATION: Say what sort of end awaits him, whether he can find relief (from his sickness) or not.
LEMMA: BPra, θρόει MC REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: s.l. OPrbG, marg. H, intermarg. M; λέγε spaced as if sep. gloss on θρόει O; cont. from sch. 186.01 Rb, prep. ἠ θρόει (sic)
APP. CRIT.: 1 λέγε om. H, add. H3, εἰπὲ Prb | ποῖον] ἀντὶ τοῦ τί Rb | εἰσδέχεται MPra, διαδέχεται PrbG | 2 πότερον κτλ om. OG | πότερον] ἆρα B(ἄρα)PraPrb | δύνανται Rb
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ῥᾶισαι Rb |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.117,1–2; Dind. II.78,27–28
Or. 187.03 (vet exeg) 1εἰπὲ ποῖον ἔσται τὸ πέρας, ποῖον τέλος αὐτὸν μένει. 2ἆρά γε ῥαΐσει τῆς νόσου ἢ οὔ; —MC, partial BPr
TRANSLATION: Say of what sort the final conclusion will be, what sort of end awaits him. Will he indeed get relief from his sickness or not?
POSITION: cont. from prev. all (intermarg. M)
APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸ πέρας ποῖον τέλος] τὸ τέλος ποῖον τὸ πέρας B, τέλος ποῖον πέρας Pr | ἑαυτὸν M(ἐ‑)C | 2 ἆρά γε κτλ. om. BPr
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἄρα γε MC |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.117,3–4; Dind. II.78,28–29
Or. 187.06 (vetMoschThom gloss) ⟨θρόει⟩: λέγε —H3V1Aa3CrF2KMnRRfrSSaOxXXaXbXoYYfGrZcZZaZbZlZmZuTB2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx, δὲ prep. S | λέγει SZu
Or. 187.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨τελευτὰ μένει⟩: τί τέλος καὶ ποῦ μέλλει καταντῆσαι τὰ κατὰ τὸν Ὀρέστην; —MnSSa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: μέλλει om. Mn | τὰ om. S | κατὰ om. Mn
Or. 187.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τελευτὰ μένει⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τί τέλος ἀναμένει τῷ Ὀρέστῃ δηλονότι. —Zu
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 187.15 (rec gloss) ⟨τελευτὰ⟩: κατάπαυσις —B3a, perhaps B1/2
POSITION: s.l. B1/2, marg. B3
APP. CRIT.: B1/2 gloss erased, traces app. match this
Or. 187.16 (rec metr) τελευτὰ: long mark over alpha —O
Or. 187.25 (mosch gloss) ⟨μένει⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ προσδοκᾶται —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Aa2GZc
Or. 188.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τί δ’ ἄλλο⟩: γρ(άφετ)αι τί δ’ ἄλλο γ’. —B2
POSITION: marg.
APP. CRIT. 2: γ (no apostrophe) B2 |
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 188.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τί δ’ ἄλλο⟩: τέλος μένει αὐτὸν —V3
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: Dot in front. |
Or. 188.06 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἄλλο⟩: εἶπας —XXaXbXoYGGrZc, a.c. Yf
POSITION: s.l.; G above γ’εἴπω, which it has in text after ἄλλο
APP. CRIT. 2: εἶπες G
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.79,1
Or. 188.07 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨ἄλλο⟩: εἴπω —T+, p.c. Yf
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Note that Triclinius retains the marking as Moschopulean even though he implicitly corrects from the second person to the (superior) first person (if we assume that the second person found in all the usual witnesses was the Moschopulean choice).
Or. 189.01 (vet exeg) ⟨οὔτε⟩: περισσὸς ὁ τ̅ε̅. —MC
TRANSLATION: (In the compound negative ‘oute’) the ‘te’ is redundant (and should be ignored).
LEMMA: οὔτε in text MC POSITION: marg. MC (both beside 188)
KEYWORDS: περισσός/περιττός
Or. 189.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔχει⟩: γρ. ζητεῖ —Pr
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 189.09 (tri exeg) ἡμέτερον: 1‘ἴσχει πόθον’ χρὴ γράφειν, οὐ ‘πόθον ἔχει’. 2οὕτω γὰρ ἔχει πρὸς τὸ τοῦ πρώτου συστήματος κῶλον οἰκείως. 3καὶ τὸ ἄρα δὲ ἐνταῦθα, εἰ καὶ συμπερασματικόν ἐστιν, ἀλλ’ οὖν ἀντὶ μακροῦ λαμβάνεται παρὰ τοῖς ποιηταῖς ὡς καὶ τὸ ἀπορηματικὸν ἐνίοτε ἀντὶ βραχέος. 4διὰ τοῦτο μὲν περισπᾶται ἀντιστρόφως, ἐκεῖνο δὲ ὀξύνεται. —T
TRANSLATION: One must write ‘ischei pothon’, not ‘echei pothon’ (‘has any longing’). For thus it is suitably matched to the colon of the (corresponding) first metrical system. And the word ‘ara’ (with acute on first syllable) here (in the next line, 190), even though it is inferential (expressing a conclusion), even so it is treated as having a long (first alpha) in the poets, just as also the dubitative use (scil. ‘ara’ with circumflex on first syllable) is sometimes treated as having a short (first alpha). For this reason it (the inferential use) is circumflexed in inverse fashion (scil. compared to its normal accent), and that other one (the dubitative use) is given an acute accent.
LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.12,11–15; II.79,2–7; de Fav. 49
COMMENT: The meaning of ‘for this reason’ in the final sentence seems to be ‘because of the poetic license just described’. | As Diggle’s apparatus indicates, it looks as if the acute on ἄρ’ in the text here is written in an erasure, so that Triclinius himself seems to have first written ἆρ’ in copying this page.
KEYWORDS: ἀντίστροφον/ἀντιστρόφως | Triclinius, emendation by
Or. 189.11 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨βορᾶς⟩: τροφῆς —V1AaAbCrF2MnRSSaOxXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZm
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrSOx, τῆς prep. Aa2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.79,8
Or. 190.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨πρόδηλος ἆρ’ ὁ πότμος⟩: προφανὴς ἄρα ἡ τύχη τοῦ θανάτου δηλονότι —XAa2
POSITION: marg.
Or. 190.02 (thom diagr) ⟨πρόδηλος ἆρ’ ὁ πότμος⟩: diagram of one large arc, two smaller arcs above forming three horns: on left Ὀρέστης, in middle οὐκ ἔχει πόθον βορᾶς, on right θανεῖται —ZZlZmZuT, also Zx
LEMMA: label συλλογισμός Z POSITION: marg., except in lower margin Z
APP. CRIT.: θανεῖται] ἐγγύς ἐστι θανάτου T
COMMENT: The lines of diagram are labeled in ZT with tau on left half arc and tau on full arc, pi on right half arc. What these letters stand for is unclear to me.
Or. 190.03 (thom paraphr) ⟨πρόδηλος ἆρ’⟩: φανερὸς εἰ ταῦθ’ οὕτως ἔχει. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.79,11–12
Or. 190.04 (rec gloss) ⟨πρόδηλος ἆρ’⟩: †κὰτ —Mn
POSITION: marg.
COMMENT: Since after ἄρ’ in his text Mn has a blank instead of ὁ πότμος, it is possible that he has misrepresented a marginal κάτω in the exemplar, which might refer to a correction in the lower margin (that is, a version of the whole line 190), a correction that Mn did not copy or pay attention to. Alternatively, the origin could be κατά indicating that πρόδηλος is equivalent to κατάδηλος: both words are found in scholiastic language, with πρόδηλος being more common than κατάδηλος; but the next glosses show that there was an interest in glossing πρόδηλος here. |
Or. 190.06 (mosch gloss) ⟨πρόδηλος⟩: προφανὴς —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcF2
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.79,10
Or. 190.09 (rec gram) ⟨πρόδηλος⟩: ἐπίσημος καὶ κλεινὸς —Mn
POSITION: upper right corner of 14r (190 is on 13v)
COMMENT: Mn occasionally has teacher’s notes in the margins, some not relevant to the text of the play. If this note is relevant, the only word on the facing folios 13v and 14r to which it might apply is πρόδηλος, and if so, presumably as a vocabulary lesson and not as an explanation of its sense in the passage.
Or. 190.11 (vet exeg) ⟨πότμος⟩: εἰ μὴ γὰρ ἐσθίει, τεθνήξεται. —MVCGPrSZuB3a
TRANSLATION: For if he does not eat, he will die.
REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. MCB3a, s.l. others
APP. CRIT.: μὴ γὰρ οὐκ Pr | γὰρ om. G
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐσθίῃ M |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.117,5; Dind. II.79,10
Or. 190.12 (rec gloss) ⟨πότμος⟩: ὁ θάνατος —V1AbCrF2RSSaZb2ZlOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrSOx | ὁ om. Zl
Or. 190.13 (mosch paraphr) ⟨πότμος⟩: ἡ τύχη τοῦ θανάτου δηλονότι —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: δηλονότι om. GZc
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.79,12
Or. 191.01 (191–193) (vet paraphr) ἐξέθυσ’ ὁ Φοῖβος ἡμᾶς: 1ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπώλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Ἀπόλλων πατροφόνου μητρὸς αἷμα δούς, 2οἷον ἐνδοὺς ἡμῖν καὶ κελεύσας τὸν τῆς μητρὸς φόνον ἐργάσασθαι. 3τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς μέλεον ἀποδοὺς αἷμα φόνον πατροκτόνου μητρός. —MBVCMnPraRbSSa, partial HPrb
TRANSLATION: Equivalent to: Apollo destroyed us by granting the bloodshed of a mother who killed our father. As it were, having granted to us and enjoined (us) to accomplish the murder of our mother. The run of the sense is: having given back (as our right) wretched bloodshed, the killing of a mother who killed our father.
LEMMA: MB(ἐξέφυσ’)CMnS, ἐξέθυσ’ ὁ Φοῖβος VPraRb, ἐξέθυσεν Rw (as if first word of sch.) REF. SYMBOL: BVRb POSITION: marg. H, s.l. Prb
APP. CRIT.: 1–2 ἀντὶ τοῦ … ἐργάσασθαι om. Prb | 1 ἀντὶ τοῦ om. H | αἷμα] ἅμα M | 2–3 οἷον κτλ om. H | 2 ἐκδοὺς PraRb | ἐργάσεσθαι Mn | 3 δὲ om. Prb | μέλει Pra | αἷμα φόνον] φόν. αἷμα transp. V | φόνου MnPrbRbSSa, a.c. V [Rw, water damage] | πατροκτόνου] πατροφόνου MnRbS |
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 πρὸ φονου Rb | αἷμα] αἰμα p.c. S (αι** a.c.) | 3 ἐξῆς Mn |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.117,6–9; Dind. II.79,14–17
Or. 191.02 (191–193) (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1ἡ ἐξ πρὸς τὸ πατροφόνου. 2τουτέστι· δοὺς ἡμῖν τὸ αἷμα καὶ τὸν φόνον τῆς πατροφόνου μητρός. 3οἷον· ἐγχειρίσας ἡμῖν καὶ κελεύσας ἀπὸ τοῦ φόνου καὶ τοῦ αἵματος τῆς μητρὸς τιμωρῆσαι τῷ πατρί. 4δύναται δὲ καὶ ἀποδούς. —MBCRw, partial VPr
TRANSLATION: The preposition ‘ex’ (‘out of’) is to be taken (or understood) with ‘patrophonou’ (‘killer of a father’). That is, having granted us the bloodshed and killing of the mother who killed our father. As it were, entrusting to us and enjoining the avenging of our father from the murder and bloodshed of our mother. It can also mean ‘having given back (as due)’.
LEMMA: M(in marg.)BCPr, καὶ ἄλλως Rw, μέλεον ἀπόφονον V REF. SYMBOL: V
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἡ ἐξ … πατροφόνου om. V | ἡ ἐξ om. Rw | 2 καὶ τὸν φόνον … μητρός om. Pr | 3 ἀπὸ τοῦ … μητρὸς om. Pr | after τιμωρῆσαι add. καὶ V | 4 δὲ] γὰρ V |
APP. CRIT. 2: 3 αἷματος M |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.117,10–13; Dind. II.79,17–20
COMMENT: The combination of different views is particularly striking here. The first and third sentence seem to reflect an (eccentric) interpretation of the genitive μητρὸς as expressing source, while the second takes the genitive as a normal objective one. One could transpose sentence 3 to follow sentence 1; but if they were once joined, one might expect to see ἐξ and not ἀπὸ used in the paraphrase. Note that the separation in sense of ἐξ from ἐξέθυσ’ is also adopted in 192.23, whereas such an interpretation is implicitly rejected in the glosses 191.08, 191.09.
Or. 191.03 (191–193) (pllgn paraphr) ἤτοι ἀπώλεσε κελεύσας τῆς πατροφόνου μητρὸς τὸν φόνον —V3
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤτοι ἀπώλεσε reused from V1 gloss 191.04
Or. 191.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐξέθυσ’⟩: ἀπώλεσεν —OV1AaAbCrFGKMnPrRRfSSaOxGuB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤτοι prep. V1, λίαν prep. Rf, καὶ prep. CrSOx
APP. CRIT. 2: ἀπόλ‑ Ab | -σε V1KRf |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.79,21–22
Or. 191.07 (moschThom gloss) ⟨ἐξέθυσ’⟩: ἐφόνευσεν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZZaZbZl
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: -σε ZZaZbZl, ‑σα Zc |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.79,21
COLLATION NOTES: Ta omits cross, and the position of the cross before the word in T is surprising since the gloss appears in so many representatives of the Z-family. |
Or. 192.01 (192–193) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μέλεον ἀπόφονον αἷμα δοὺς⟩: 1δοὺς ἀντὶ τοῦ συγχωρήσας καὶ κελεύσας τὸν τῆς μητρὸς φόνον ἐργάσασθαι, 2τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρὸς τὸν μέλεον τὸν ἀπόφονον καὶ τὸν μισητὸν τὸν ἐπὶ κακῷ γεγονότα. —Y2Yf2
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 μέλον Yf2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.79,24–26
Or. 192.02 (192–193) (pllgn paraphr) δοὺς καὶ κελεύσας τὸν τῆς μητρὸς φόνον ἐργάσασθαι —Gu
POSITION: marg.
Or. 192.05 (recMosch gloss) ⟨μέλεον⟩: ἄθλιον —Aa2AbF2MnSSaXXaXbXoT+YYfZcGGrZb2ZlZu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. SZu, τὸ prep. G
Or. 192.08 (pllgn wdord) word order α (ἀπόφονον), β (αἷμα) —F
Or. 192.09 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: οὐκ ἄξιον ὄντα γενέσθαι, ἀποφυγῆς ἄξιον φόνον —XXaXbXoT+YYfGaGbGr
TRANSLATION: (‘Apophonon’ means) ‘murder that ought not to occur, that merits avoidance’.
LEMMA: TG REF. SYMBOL: Xo POSITION: s.l. except XGaT and Xo(οὐκ … γένεσθαι in marg., ἀποφυγῆς κτλ s.l.)
APP. CRIT.: φόνου Y
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.79,23–24
Or. 192.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: μισητὸν —V3FMnRSSa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. S καὶ τὸ prep. FMn
Or. 192.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: ἄπω φόνου ἤγουν ἄδικον —ZmGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἄπου Zm
COMMENT: Although the root ἄπω assumed by ancient grammarians as the base of ἄπωθεν was described as μὴ εἰρημένον (Gram.Gr. 3:1.500,25) and is thus not present in dictionaries, it is treated as a legitimate form in Sch. Tzetz. Lycophr. 796, 804, and here ZmGu reflect that belief.
Or. 192.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἷμα δούς⟩: διότι χρέος εἶχε θανεῖν ἡ Κλυταιμνήστρα διὰ τὸν φόνον τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος —V3
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 192.20 (thom gloss) ⟨αἷμα⟩: φόνον —ZZaZbZlZmZuTGuFOx2Yf2B3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὸν prep. FYf2
Or. 192.22 (rec gloss) ⟨δοὺς⟩: κελεύσας —OB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. B3a
COLLATION NOTES: Possibly rewritten in B over the same gloss by an earlier hand (but not the first). |
Or. 192.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δοὺς⟩: ἡ ἐξ εἰς τὸ δούς· ἐκδούς. —B3a
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.79,21
COMMENT: For the transfer in sense of ἐξ to another word compare 191.02.
Or. 192.24 (mosch gloss) ⟨δοὺς⟩: ἐνδούς, ἤγουν συγχωρήσας —XXaXbXoT+YYf, partial GZcZu
POSITION: s.l. except T(cont. from 192.09)
APP. CRIT.: ἐνδούς ἤγουν om. Zc | ἤγουν συγχ. om. GZu | ἤγουν] ἀντὶ τοῦ Xo, om. Y
Or. 192.25 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δούς⟩: καὶ παραχωρήσας ἡμῖν δηλονότι ὥστε κατεργάσαθαι —Zu
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 193.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨πατροφόνου⟩: τῆς τὸν ἐμὸν πατέρα φονευσάσης —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZb2
POSITION: s.l. except marg. X
APP. CRIT.: ἐμὸν om. Zb2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.79,28
Or. 193.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πατροφόνου⟩: τῆς φονευσάσης τὸν πατέρα —CrF2ZuOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τῆς om. F2 | ἡμῶν add. Zu
Or. 193.07 (rec metr) ⟨ματέρος⟩: long mark over alpha —O
Or. 194.01 (vet exeg) ⟨δίκαια μὲν, καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: ὠφείλετο μὲν γὰρ αὐτὴν ἀναιρεθῆναι, οὐ μέντοι ὑπὸ τοῦ παιδός. —MBOVCPrRw
TRANSLATION: For it was owed (necessary, fated) that she be killed, but not by her son.
POSITION: s.l. O; follows sch. 191.02 Rw, cont. from sch. 191.02 others, ἀλλ’ (from ἄλλως) prep. Pr
APP. CRIT.: εἵλετο Pr | μὲν om. O | γὰρ] καὶ V, om. app. Rw (damage) | αὐτὴν MBPr, αὐτῆ V, αὐτὴ OC, αὕτη Rw | ὑπὸ] Dindorf, ἀπὸ MOVCRw, παρὰ BPr | τοῦ om. Pr
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.117,14–15; Dind. II.80,1–2
COMMENT: In Byzantine Greek, as in classical, ὀφείλεται/ὠφείλετο is used as a passive with words like χάρις, μισθός, and τιμωρία as its subject and the person in the dative, or sometimes as an impersonal verb with accusative and infinitive. Thus both the acc. αὐτὴν of MBPr and the dative αὐτῆ of V are possible here. Schw. and Dindorf printed nominative αὐτὴ. There are a very few late passages with the person in the nominative and the thing owed to the person in the acc., as Suda θ 78,24–25 (from Damascius, Vita Isidori) τιμὰς ἀπονέμων, οἵας ὠφείλετο πρωτεύων ἀνὴρ ἐν τῇ πόλει; sch. in Basilicorum libros I-XI, book 60, 29.7.5 ὅτι ἐκεῖνος ὠφείλετό τινα ἐκ τῆς κιβωτοῦ. That construction seems less likely with an infinitive and presumably the nominative variants of OCRw are secondary.
Or. 194.02 (vet exeg) δίκαια μὲν, καλῶς δ’ οὔ: 1ἀντὶ τοῦ δίκαιον μὲν αὐτὴν ἀναιρεθῆναι ἀνελοῦσαν τὸν ἄνδρα, 2οὐ μέντοι εὐκλεὲς οὐδὲ πρέπον ἦν ὑπὸ τοῦ παιδὸς αὐτὴν εὐθύνας δοῦναι τοῦ φόνου. —MBVCMnPrRbRwSSa, partial H
TRANSLATION: Equivalent to: it was just that she be killed because she killed her husband, but not, however, a source of glory or fitting that it be at the hands of her son that she paid the penalty for the killing.
LEMMA: MC, δίκαια μὲν BVMnPrRb REF. SYMBOL: BVRb POSITION: marg. H; cont. from prev. Rw
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀντὶ τοῦ om. VMnSSa | δίκαιον om. Mn | μὲν] μὲν οὖν VRbSSa, οὖν Mn, μὲν ἦν Rw | ἀναιρεθῆναι αὐτὴν transp. VMnSSa, αὐτὴν om. Rb | 2 οὐ μέντοι … ἦν] ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἔδει MnSSa | οὐδὲ πρέπον om. H | αὐτὴν εὐθύνας κτλ om. H | αὐτὴν om. MnRbRwSSa | εὐθύνην Pr
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀνελοῦσα SSa | εὐκεὲς Rb |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.117,16–18; Dind. II.80,2–4
Or. 194.03 (vet exeg) ⟨δίκαια μὲν, καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: ἐν δὲ τῷ ὑπομνήματι καὶ ταῦτα τῆς Ἠλέκτρας. —MCRw
TRANSLATION: In the commentary, these words too are assigned to Electra (instead of to the chorus).
POSITION: cont. from prev. MCRw
APP. CRIT.: ταῦτα Schw., τὰ M, τὸν CRw
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.117,18–19; Dind. II.80,5
COMMENT: Perhaps ‘the commentary’ refers to the commentary of Didymus that was being excerpted by a later commentator. But if so, we cannot say whether the assignment of the words to Electra was advocated by Didymus or only reported by him.
KEYWORDS: assignment of speaker | Didymus
Or. 194.04 (rec exeg) ⟨δίκαια μὲν, καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: δικ[ ca. 10–16 letters ]ξεν ὁ Λοξίας τῷ ἀδελφῷ μου εἰς τὸ σφάξαι τὸν ἐμὸν πατέρα· οὐ καλῶς δὲ ὅτι οὐκ εἴασεν σ(or ε)[ ca. 10–14 letters ] —Pr
POSITION: next page Pr (top 16v), before sch. 206.00
APP. CRIT.: e.g. δικ[αίως μὲν προσέτα]ξεν (there is a high trace that would suit the top of the ως sign) |
COMMENT: The writing surface is abraded in a diagonal strip at the top left of 16v. The begining of the second line of the page contains the end of the note, where one sees only the top portion of the arc of lunate sigma or of a tall epsilon (often used before pi), with room for two words. There is no sign of a breathing, so sigma seems more likely. One may consider σ[ώζεσθαι …] or σ[ωθῆναι … ], but the result does not seem quite right. With epsilon one may think of ἐ[κφυγ(εῖν) τ(ὴν) μανίαν], but this seems unlikely, since ἐκ would normally be a ligature with single small epsilon arc attached to the upright of kappa. |
Or. 194.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δίκαια μὲν, καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: δικαίως μὲν ἀντεφονεύθη· οὐ καλῶς δὲ ὅτι ὑπὸ τῶν τέκνων. —F
REF. SYMBOL: F POSITION: marg.
Or. 194.06 (rec rhet) ⟨δίκαια μὲν, καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: σχῆμα μετάστασις —AaRRf
POSITION: s.l. (R over first word, Rf over whole phrase, Aa above καλῶς δ’ οὔ)
APP. CRIT.: σχῆμα om. Aa
COMMENT: Metastasis is the rhetorical schema of admitting a wrong has been done, but shifting the blame to someone else. This would fit better if the term referred to Electra’s strategy in 191–194 as a whole.
KEYWORDS: μετάστασις
Or. 194.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨δίκαια μὲν, καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: πρὸς(?) μέμψιν(?) —Arec
POSITION: marg.
COLLATION NOTES: Check original A fol. 21. |
Or. 194.08 (rec exeg) ⟨δίκαια μὲν⟩: δικαίως ἀνῃρέθη —AbMnSSa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: δικαίως] καλῶς Sa
Or. 194.10 (thom exeg) ⟨δίκαια μὲν⟩: δικαίως δοὺς τὸ αἷμα —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Just things’ implies Apollo) having justly granted the bloodshed.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἔδωκεν T | τὸ αἷμα om. T, τόν φόνον τὸ αἷμα Gu
Or. 194.12 (tri exeg) ἡμέτερον: δίκα κἀνταῦθα γράφε, μὴ δίκαια. οὕτω γὰρ ἔχει πρὸς τὸ μέτρον ὀρθῶς. —T
TRANSLATION: Here too write ‘dika’ (i.e., dative(?) of noun) not (adjective) ‘dikaia’. For thus it is correct with respect to the meter.
LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.12,16–17; de Fav. 49
COMMENT: Triclinius writes δίκα without subscript both in the line and in this note. The gloss 194.13 presents ἐν over the delta of δίκα and an eta over the alpha, which I interpret together, with δικ being supplied from the lemma, as ἐν δίκῃ. That implies that he did intend the dative δίκᾳ here, even though he is generally (but not universally) careful about using iota subscript on dative singular endings. It is not clear, moreover, why he says ‘here too’ (κἀνταῦθα). Mostly likely, the καὶ refers to the fact that he has already suggested two changes of reading on this same folio (53v) in 183.09 and 189.09.
KEYWORDS: Triclinius, emendation by
Or. 194.13 (rec gloss) ⟨δίκα μέν⟩: ἐν δίκῃ —T
LEMMA: δίκα μέν in text T POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: See comment on prev.
Or. 194.15 (mosch exeg) ⟨δίκαια⟩: τὰ κατὰ τὸν φόνον —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
TRANSLATION: (‘Just things’ refers to) the circumstances related to the murder.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: prep. ἐστὶ T | εἶπε add. G
Or. 194.16 (rec exeg) ⟨καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: διὰ τὸ εἶναι μητέρα —MnSSa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: κοὐδαμῶς prep. Sa
Or. 194.18 (mosch exeg) ⟨καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: διότι ὑπὸ τοῦ υἱοῦ —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: (‘But not well’) because (it occurred) at her son’s hands.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τοῦ om. T
Or. 194.19 (thom exeg) ⟨καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: οὐδὲ γὰρ ὑπὸ παιδὸς αὐτὴν ἔδει θανεῖν. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘But not well’) because in addition she should not have died at her child’s hands.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: οὐ γὰρ ZaZlT | αὐτὴν transp. after θανεῖν Gu
Or. 195.01 (195–207) (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: ἔκανες ἔθανες: 1ἡ ἀντιστροφὴ αὕτη τῆς βʹ ἐστὶ στροφῆς, ἧς ἡ ἀρχὴ ‘πότνια πότνια νύξ’. 2καὶ αὕτη γὰρ κώλων ἐστὶν ὁμοίων ἐκείνῃ καὶ ἰσομέτρων ιγʹ. 3ἐν μέντοι τῷ ϛʹ κώλῳ πεντασυλλάβους ἔχει καὶ τοὺς δύο παίωνας. 4ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει δύο διπλαῖ, ἡ μέν ἐν ἀρχῇ τοῦ τελευταίου κώλου, ἡ δὲ κατὰ τὸ τέλος, ἀμφότεραι μέντοι ἔξω νενευκυῖαι, δηλοῦσαι ὅτι τέλος ἔσχε τὰ ἀνταποδιδόμενα. 5ἐν τῇ ιβʹ δὲ κώλῳ τὸ ἅτε ἀντὶ τοῦ καθὰ ὀφείλει νοεῖσθαι, ἵν’ εἴη βραχὺ τὸ α̅. οὕτω γὰρ ἔχει πρὸς τὸ τῆς στροφῆς κῶλον ὀρθῶς. 6τὸ γὰρ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἥτις οὐκ ἔχει καλῶς. —T
TRANSLATION: This is the antistrophe of the second strophe [174–186], of which the beginning was ‘lady, lady Night’. For this too consists of thirteen cola similar to and in corresponsion with that one. In the sixth colon, however, it has the two paeons in five-syllable form. At the end two diple signs, one at the beginning of the last colon, the other at its end, both, however, being pointed outwards, indicating that the corresponsive elements have come to an end. And in the twelfth colon the word ‘hate’ should be understood in the sense of ‘katha’ (‘just as’), so that the alpha is short. For in this way it is correct with respect to the colon of the strophe. The reading (of ‘hate’) as equivalent to ‘hētis’ (‘who’, nominative feminine relative pronoun) does not work (metrically).
LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.
APP. CRIT.: 2 ἐκείνῃ] ἐκείν() T, ἐκείνῳ Ta
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.12,18–24; II.82,1–3; de Fav. 49
Or. 195.03 (195–199) (pllgn paraphr) ἔκτανες καὶ ἐφόνευσας τὸν πατέρα, ἔθανες σὺ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ὀρέστου, ὦ τεκομένη καὶ ὦ γεννήσασα ἐμὲ μῆτερ. ἀπώλεσας δὲ καὶ ἐφόνευσας τὸν πατέρα. ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ φόνου τοῦ πατρὸς ἀπώλεσας κατὰ κοινὸν τὰ τέκνα τάδε σέθεν καὶ σοῦ, ἤγουν ἐφόνευσας μὲν καὶ τὸν πατέρα, ἀπώλεσας δὲ καὶ ἡμᾶς. —Yf2
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: Yf with cross. |
Or. 195.04 (vet exeg) ἔκανες ἔθανες: 1φονεύσασα ἀνῃρέθης. 2τουτέστιν ὁ κατὰ σοῦ πραχθεὶς φόνος ἄμυνα ἐγένετο καὶ οὐκ ἀδικία· 3σὺ γὰρ πρώτη ἐφόνευσας τὸν πατέρα, καὶ ἀνῃρέθης. —MBVCPrRw
TRANSLATION: Having slain, you were killed. That is, the murder carried out against you occurred as vengeance, not injustice. For you acted first in killing our father, and you were killed.
LEMMA: V, ἄλλως MBCPrRw REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: follows next except in V
APP. CRIT.: 1 φονεύσασα] ἐφόνευσας καὶ V | 2 πραχθεὶς] προσταγεὶς M, προσταχθεὶς C, γεγονὼς Pr | 3 πρῶτον Pr | τὸν πατέρα om. Rw | καὶ ἀνηρέθης om. V
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.117,22–24; Dind. II.80,11–13
Or. 195.05 (vet exeg) ἔκανες: 1ἐφόνευσας. 2ὅθεν τὸ κανοῦν λέγεται, εἰς ὃ φέρεται ἡ ἱερουργικὴ μάχαιρα. —MBVCPrRw
TRANSLATION: You murdered. From this source (the root of ‘ekanes’) is formed the word ‘kanoun’ (‘basket’), that into which the knife for ritual slaughter is borne.
LEMMA: BPr(ἔκτανες)Rw, ἔκανες ἔθανες MC REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: cont. from prev. V, prep. ἔκανες
APP. CRIT.: 1–1 ἐφόνευσας om. V | 2 τὸ] τοῦ M, καὶ V | ἡ om. Rw |
APP. CRIT. 2: μάχαιρα] γέγαιρα Pr |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.117,20–21; Dind. II.80,10–11
COMMENT: Cf. Hesych. κ 650 κανεῖν· κτείνειν, ἀνελεῖν. ὅθεν τὸ κανοῦν, ἀπὸ τῶν καινομέ‑ νων ἱερείων κανεῖν· κτείνειν, ἀνελεῖν. ὅθεν τὸ κανοῦν, ἀπὸ τῶν καινομένων ἱερείων; Sch. Arist. Pac. 948b alpha Holwerda ὅτι ἐκέκρυπτο ἐν τῷ κανῷ ἡ μάχαιρα ταῖς ὀλαῖς καὶ τοῖς στέμμασιν. καὶ ἐντεῦθεν κανοῦν, ἀπὸ τοῦ κανεῖν; Suda κ 318 s.v. κανοῦν, etc.
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 195.06 (rec exeg) ἤτοι ὁ κατὰ σοῦ φόνος οὐκ ἀδικία ὅτι πρώτη φονεύουσα τὸν πατέρα ἀνῃρέθης. —O
Or. 195.09 (recMosch gloss) ἔκανες: ἐφόνευσας —V1Aa2AbCrF2MnRSOxXXaXbXoYYfGrZb2
LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. XXaXb, καὶ prep. CrOx
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.80,14
Or. 195.10 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἔκανες⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐθανάτωσας —XXaXbXoTYYfGGr
LEMMA: ἔθανες X POSITION: s.l. except X; above ἔκανες T, in others appears to be over ἔθανες, because it follows the prev. gloss, usually with high dot after ἐφόνευσας, indicating this is separate
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.80,14–15, IV.257
COMMENT: Despite X’s lemma and the appearances of position, it is not at all likely that Moschopulus believed θανατόω could be intransitive ‘died’ rather than a causative verb. So either he meant this as an alternative to the other gloss taken over from the tradition and its position misled copyists, or it does belong to ἔθανες (cf. 195.19) and is a very early corruption of ἐθανατώθης (or slip of the pen by Moschopulus himself), as Dindorf proposed in his Addenda. |
COLLATION NOTES: In T this gloss is written above the next, and it is possible that the cross present there by implication applies to this gloss too. |
Or. 195.11 (thom gloss) ⟨ἔκανες⟩: ἐφόνευσας τὸν πατέρα. —ZZaZmZuT+GuV3
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἡμῶν add. Zu |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.80,14
COLLATION NOTES: T should have placed the cross above ἐφόνευσας. | V3Gu add τὸν πατέρα to the ἐφόνευσας written by V1Gr. |
Or. 195.17 (thom gloss) ⟨ἔθανες⟩: ὑπὸ τῶν τέκνων —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.80,15
Or. 195.19 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔθανες⟩: ἐθανατώθης —Gu
POSITION: s.l., cont. from 195.17
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.80,15–16
Or. 196.02 (rec gloss) ⟨τεκομένα⟩: ἡ γεννήσασα —AbF2G2MnRSSaOxXo2Yf2Zb2ZlGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. SOx | ἡ] om. G2Xo2 | γεννήσασά με Zl, perhaps G2(damage or erasure)
APP. CRIT. 2: γενήσασα Yf2, a.c. Xo2 |
Or. 196.04 (rec metr) ⟨τεκομένα⟩: long mark over alpha —O
Or. 196.08 (rec metr) ⟨μᾶτηρ⟩: long mark over alpha —O
Or. 197.01 (vet exeg) ἀπὸ δ’ ὤλεσας: 1ὁ δέ ἀντὶ τοῦ γάρ, ἵν’ ᾖ ὁ νοῦς ἐπεξήγησις ⟨τοῦ⟩ ‘ἔκανες ἔθανες’· 2ἀπώλεσας γὰρ τὸν πατέρα ζῶσα καὶ θανοῦσα τὰ τέκνα διὰ τοῦ αἵματος. —MBVCPrRbRw, partial O
TRANSLATION: The conjunction ‘de’ here is equivalent to ‘gar’ (‘for’), so that the meaning is an explication of ‘you killed, you died’. (That is,) for alive you killed our father and in death you have killed your children through the bloodguilt.
LEMMA: all except O (ἄλλως prep. Pr; app. οὐ δὲ ὤιλεσας M) REF. SYMBOL: VRb
APP. CRIT.: 1 ὁ … ἔθανες om. O | ἀντὶ …νοῦς om. Pr, leaving blank space | ἐξήγησις V, ὑπεξήγησιν Pr | τοῦ suppl. Schw. | ἔκανες] V, om. others | ἔθανες] om. V, ἔθανές πω MCRb | 2 γὰρ om. OVPr | τὸν om. ORbRw | ζῶσαν MRb | τὰ] BCPr, om. others | τοῦ] τοῦ σοῦ OV, σοῦ Rb
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐπἐξήγησις C |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.117,25–27; Dind. II.80,17–19
Or. 197.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπὸ δ’ ὤλεσας⟩: ἀπώλεσας καὶ ζῶσα καὶ θανοῦσα —MnSSa
POSITION: s.l. MnS; below line (last of page) Sa
APP. CRIT.: damage to first words Sa | ὅτι prep. Mn | ζήσας Mn
Or. 197.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπὸ δ’ ὤλεσας⟩: διάστασιν δηλοῖ ἡ ἀπό. —Pr
TRANSLATION: The preposition ‘apo’ connotes separation/distance.
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Cf. Et. Gud. (di Stefani) s.v. ἀπόνοια καὶ ἀπονοεῖσθαι· ἡ ἀπό πρόθεσις χωρισμὸν δηλοῖ· ἀπονοεῖσθαι οὖν οἷον ἀπόστασιν ἔχειν τοῦ νοῦ, ἀπόνοια δὲ ἡ χωρίζουσα τοῦ δέοντος· |
Or. 197.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπὸ δ’ ὤλεσας⟩: ⟨ὅρα⟩ τὴν διαχώρισιν. —B3a
TRANSLATION: Observe the separation (of the prefix from the verb).
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: διὰ χωρισιν B3a |
COMMENT: Like τμῆσις and διάλυσις and διαίρεσις, διαχώρισις can refer to the separation of two elements of a word.
KEYWORDS: διαχώρισις
Or. 197.05 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἀπὸ δ’ ὤλεσας⟩: ἀπώλεσας δὲ —AbXXaXbT+YYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l. except marg. XAb
APP. CRIT.: δὲ om. AbGZc
Or. 197.09 (rec gloss) ⟨δ’⟩: ὁ δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ γὰρ —CB2/3a
POSITION: intermarg. C, s.l. B2/3a
APP. CRIT.: ὁ δὲ om. B2/3a
Or. 197.11 (thom exeg) ⟨ὤλεσας⟩: 1εἰποῦσα ἡ Ἠλέκτρα πρὸς τὴν μητέρα ἐφόνευσας τὸν οἰκεῖον ἄνδρα, ἐφονεύθης δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν τέκνων, πάλιν φησίν, ὅμοιον μὲν τῇ προτέρᾳ ἐννοίᾳ, ἔχει δέ τι καὶ πλέον. 2τὸ γὰρ ἀπώλεσας πατέρα καὶ πρόσθεν εἰρήκει, τὸ δὲ καὶ τὰ τέκνα τάδε ἀπώλεσας, νῦν φησιν. 3πῶς δὲ ἀπώλεσας καὶ τὰ τέκνα; 4ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος καὶ τοῦ φόνου σέθεν καὶ σοῦ. 5ὁ γὰρ σὸς παῖς Ὀρέστης ἀποκτείνας σε δίκην ἔδωκε τῆς μητροκτονίας μανείς, 6ἧς καὶ αὐτὴ μετέχειν φησὶν ἐν στοναχαῖσι καὶ γόοις διάγουσα ἀνθ’ ὧν ὁρᾷ τὸν ἀδελφὸν μεμηνότα καὶ μηκέτ’ ὄντα καθεκτόν. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: After Electra has said to her mother ‘you killed your own husband and you were killed by your children’, she says it again, in terms similar to the previous thought, but it also involves something more. For previously too she said ‘you killed father’, but now she says ‘you have also killed these children’. And how did you also kill the children? From the blood, that is, murder, of you (‘sethen’), that is, of you (‘sou’). For your son Orestes, having killed you, has paid the penalty for the matricide by going mad, and she says she herself also shares in this punishment, spending her time in groans and mourning cries because she observes her brother insane and no longer under control.
REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlZm
APP. CRIT.: much of Zl lost to trimming of margin | 1 τὸ ἐφόνευσας ZaGu | first δὲ om. Gu | καὶ πάλιν Zb | ὅμοιον μὲν] ὁ + space of 2–3 letters Zb | τι] τοι T (τι Ta) | 2 second καὶ om. Zl | νῦν φησιν] φησὶ καὶ νῦν Zl | 6 μετέχει Zm | στοναχαῖς T | ὄντα] εἶναι Gu | καθεκτόν] καθ’ ἑαυτόν Arsenius
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 φησί Za |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.80,22–81,6
Or. 198.05 (rec gloss) ⟨τέκνα⟩: οὓς(?) ἀπώλεσας —R
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: damage to first letters |
Or. 198.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τέκνα⟩: ἤγουν ἡμᾶς —Zu, perhaps Aa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν[ … ] (damage) Aa |
Or. 199.01 (vet exeg) ⟨τάδε⟩: δεικτικῶς φησιν ἑαυτὴν καὶ Ὀρέστην. —HBC
TRANSLATION: In deictic fashion she speaks of herself and Orestes.
POSITION: marg. H, intermarg. BC
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.118,1; Dind. II.80,21
KEYWORDS: δεικτικόν/δεικτικῶς
Or. 199.05 (vet exeg) ⟨σέθεν ἀφ’ αἵματος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ διὰ τὸν σὸν φόνον καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀπολώλαμεν. —HBOVCG
TRANSLATION: Equivalent to: because of your murder we too have perished.
LEMMA: ἄλλως V(as if for 197) POSITION: marg. H (beside 199–200), intermarg. B(cont. from 199.01)C(beside 200), s.l. OG (divided into three διὰ τὸν σὸν, φόνον, καὶ ἡμ. ἀπ. O)
APP. CRIT.: ἰσονέκυες δὲ prep. B | ἀντὶ τοῦ] om. OCG | φόβον C | ἀπολ. καὶ ἡμεῖς transp. G | καὶ om. B
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.118,2; Dind. II.81,13–14
Or. 199.06 (rec exeg) ⟨σέθεν ἀφ’ αἵματος⟩: ἤγουν διὰ τοῦ σοῦ φόνου —V1
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀπολώλαμεν add. V3
Or. 199.07 (rec exeg) ⟨σέθεν ἀφ’ αἵματος⟩: διὰ τὸν σὸν φόνον —MnSa
POSITION: s.l. Mn; below line (last of page) Sa, cont. from sch. 197.02
Or. 199.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σέθεν⟩: σοῦ —CrF2GOxXo2ZlGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx | τοῦ prep. Gu
Or. 199.10 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀφ’ αἵματος⟩: διὰ τὸν φόνον τοῦ αἵματος —AbS
REF. SYMBOL: Ab POSITION: s.l. (above end of previous line Ab)
Or. 199.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἀφ’ αἵματος⟩: ἀπὸ αἰτίας τοῦ φόνου τοῦ σοῦ —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τῆς αἰτίας Zc, αἰτίας om. G |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.80,19–20
Or. 199.12 (recThom gloss) ⟨αἵματος⟩: φόνου —PrZZaZbZlZmTGuB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τοῦ prep. Za, διὰ τοῦ prep. Gu
Or. 200.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀλόμεθ’⟩: καὶ ὀλέθριοι ἐγενόμεθα —Zu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ὀλέθριον Zu
Or. 200.05 (rec exeg) ἰσονέκυες: 1ἐπειδὴ εἶπεν ἰσονέκυες, κατασκευάζει πῶς εἰσιν ἰσονέκυες, λέγουσα πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην· 2σὺ γὰρ, Ὀρέστα, ἐν νεκροῖς τό τε πλεῖον μέρος τῆς ἐμῆς ζωῆς οἴχεται ἐν δάκρυσι συνεχέσι καὶ στεναγμοῖς. 3τὸ δὲ ἄγαμος ἐπὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος οὕτως συντακτέον· 4τὸ ἐπί εἰς τὸ ἕλκω καταβιβαστέον, ἵν’ ᾖ οὕτως· 5ἐπιέλκω δὲ, ἤτοι ἐφέλκω, εἰς τὸν αἰὲν χρόνον ἡ μέλεος τὸν βίοτον καὶ τὴν ζωήν μου ἄτεκνος ἄγαμος, ἅτε, ἀντὶ τοῦ καθά, ἄγαμος. —VPr(Ra)Rw
TRANSLATION: Since she has said ‘as good as dead’, she elaborates on how they are like the dead, saying to Orestes: ‘for you, Orestes, are among the dead, and the greater part of my life is gone in continual tears and lamentations’. And one must construe the phrase ‘agamos epi de ateknos’ as follows. The ‘epi’ has to be transferred forward to go with ‘helkō’, so that the sense is like this: ‘epihelkō’, that is, ‘ephelkō’, ‘I drag out’, for all time, wretched me, my life (‘biotos’), that is, life (‘zōē’), being without child, without marriage, (that is,) ‘hate’, ‘since’, used for ‘katha’, ‘inasmuch as’, unmarried.
LEMMA: VRw REF. SYMBOL: V POSITION: between sch. 216.11 and 216.13 Rw, between sch. 231.08 and 216.13 Pr
APP. CRIT.: Ra mostly washed out, but πλέον μέρος τῆς ζωῆς can be read | 1 καὶ add. before ἐπειδὴ Pr | 2 πλεῖον … ζωῆς om. Pr, leaving blank space | συνεχέσι transp. after στεναγμοῖς Pr | 4 καταβιβαστέον] κατασκευαστέον Rw | 4–5 ἵν’ … ἐφέλκω om. Pr, leaving blank space | 5 τὴν βίοτον Rw | καὶ om. Rw | ἄτεκνος ἄγαμος] ἄγαμος· ἄτεκνος· ἄγαμος Rw | ἀντὶ τοῦ] καὶ Pr |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.118,3–9; Dind. II.81,7–13
Or. 200.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ἰσονέκυες⟩: γρ. ἴσοι νέκυες —S
LEMMA: ϋσονέκυες in text S POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 200.07 (rec exeg) ⟨ἶσον νέκυες⟩: γρ. ἰσονέκυες —Sa
LEMMA: ἶσον νέκυες in text Sa POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 200.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἴσοι νέκυες⟩: ἴσοι νεκροί —F2Zl
LEMMA: thus in text F2, a.c. Zl (p.c. ἰσονέκυες) POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἴσα app. F2
Or. 200.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἶσοι νέκυες⟩: ἶσοι νέκυες ἐσμὲν σύ τε καὶ ἡμεῖς. —MnRSSa
POSITION: s.l. except marg. R
APP. CRIT.: ἶσον νέκυες Sa(as in text), om. S | καὶ om. Mn | σύ τε] om. R
Or. 200.13 (mosch paraphr) ἰσονέκυες: ἴσοι νεκροῖς ἐσμεν. ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅμοιοι νεκροῖς, τουτέστιν νεκροῖς ἐοίκαμεν. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
LEMMA: T, ὀλόμεθα ἰσονέκυες G POSITION: s.l. except XXoTG
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.81,14–15
Or. 200.14 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἰσονέκυες⟩: ἴσοι νεκροῖς ἐσμὲν. —AaGKXo
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἴσοι] ἴσον τοῖς Aa, ἴσοι τοῖς K | ἐσμὲν om. KXo, add. Xo2
Or. 200.16 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἰσονέκυες⟩: ποταποὶ ἴσοι νεκροῖς —ZZaZbZmT
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ποταποὶ om. Ta
Or. 200.18 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἰσονέκυες⟩: καὶ ὅμοιοι νεκροῖς ἐσμὲν. —CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: νεκροὺς Ox
Or. 200.19 (tri metr) ⟨(ἰσο)νέκυ(ες)⟩: ἀντὶ μιᾶς μακρᾶς —T
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 49
